MATA PELAJARAN BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

LATIHAN 1

                                                  

BADMINTON

       Badminton is an indoor sport that has been greatest since the end of world war II. It is a sport for two or four players. The players use long lightweight handled rackets to hit a shuttlecock. A shuttlecock is usually made of cork and feathers. The court is about 5, 2  meter wide and 13,4 meter  long for singles, and 1 meter wider for doubles.       In order to score,  a player has to serve or put the shuttlecock into play. A server can score when the opponent lets the shuttlecock fall to the ground or by a fault. A fault occurs when the opponent,  in an attempt to return the shuttlecock safely, allows it to go into or under net. To hit the shuttlecock out of  the playing area is also a fault. Men win a game after collecting 15 points. In women's singles 11 points win a game.       Badminton has been growing very rapidly. It grows either  as a backyard recreation or as a competitive sport. The international Badminton Federation was founded in 1934 with nine nations represented. Now it has members in more than 40 nations, and a world tournament for both men and women is held every two years.

1.   Which of the sentences is correct based on the text ........A. Badminton is an indoor gameB. Badminton can only be played outdoorsC. The players are all menD. Badminton can be played either as indoor game or outdoors gameE. The players must be over 15 years old.Jawaban : A

2.   A player hits the shuttlecock with ........A. a long handled racketB. a long lightweight handled racketC. a racket which is as light as a shuttlecockD. a handled racket which is a heavy as batE. a very lightweight racket.Jawaban : B

3.   There is only one correct sentence related to the text.A. Instead of shuttlecock the players may use light ballsB. A players can get a point if he can't return the shuttlecockC. Badminton is a kind of sport for more than four playersD. After collecting 15 point a man player wins the gameE. Both men and woman players have to collect less than 15 pointsJawaban : D

4.   Which of the following sentences shows that badminton rackets are not so heavy as tennis rackets ?A. The players use long handled racketsB. Badminton rackets are lightweightC. A players hits a shuttlecock with a racketsD. Tennis rackets are bigger than badminton racketsE. Badminton rackets are smaller compared with tennis racketsJawaban : B

5.   When does a fault occur ........A. When the player return the shuttlecock of his oppenentB. After the player hits the shuttlecock with his racketC. While the shuttlecock passes through the netD. When the player falls on the groundE. When the players can't return the shuttlecock of his opponentJawaban : E

       Two very important fuel gases are made from  petroleum  during the retaining process. They are butane and propane, which are similar to methane. These gases are sold in small tanks and are used for cigarette  lighters, portable welding torches,  and camping stoves. Mixture of the two gases are stored under pressure as a liquid. For this reason the mixture is called  liquefied petroleum  gas or LPG. As it is used a liquid in the tank evaporates and leaves the tank as gas. The main use of  LPG is as a cooking fuel on farms and  in small towns where a central gas making plant would not be practical. Instead of  piping the gas to house where  it is to be used,  a tank of  LPG is connected directly to the stove. Because  LPG is sold in tanks,  it is often called tank gas or bottled gas.       LPG is also used to a small extent to run automobiles and tractors.       When the fuel tank is empty, it is replaced by a full one.

6.   What are similar to the methane ?A. petroleumB. butaneC. propane and petroleum

D. petroleum and butaneE. butane and propane

Jawaban : E

7.   The main use of liquefied petroleum gas is for ........A. portable welding torchesB. cooking fuelC. cigarette lighters

D. camping stovesE. gas making plant

Jawaban : B

8.   The following answer are all correct except one. Which one is strong ?Bottled gas provides the fuel ........A. for cookingB. for heatingC. for lighting used by campers

D. for hot water in homes in rural areasE. for giving supply in homes in rural areasJawaban : C

9.   Piping the gas to the houses in rural areas from a central gas making plant is ........A. expensiveB. practicalC. impractical

D. efficientE. reasonable

Jawaban : C

10.   LPG is a mixture of ........A. butane and methaneB. propane and liquidC. liquid and butane

D. butane, propane and liquidE. butane and propane

Jawaban : E

                                

THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM

       When you're hungry and you dinner, your mouth waters. This is the first step in changing the food you eat into the kind of food that cells can use. This change is called digestion, and it begins in the mouth.       Suppose you are eating sandwich. Your front teeth cut and tear the sandwich. The molar grind it, Saliva, the juice in the mouth, gets everything moist.       Saliva also contains a type of chemical called and enzyme. It starts breaking down the starch of the bread into sugar.       The moist ball of the food is carried to the mouth by the tongue. Muscles force the food to the esophagus. They do their work so well that the food would travel a long even if the person were doing a headstand.

11.   Changing the food that we eat into the kind of liquid that cells used in called ........A. processingB. digestionC. cutting or tearing

D. grindingE. eating

Jawaban : B

12.   When you eat a piece of meat or an apple, the use of your front teeth is for ........ them.A. testingB. tearingC. grinding

D. chewingE. breaking

Jawaban : B

13.   What substance makes the food in the mouth moist ........A. the juice D. the water

B. the milkC. the starch

E. the saliva

Jawaban : E

14.   The tongue carries the moist food to ........A. the stomachB. the back of the mouthC. the small intestines

D. the esophagusE. the windpipe

Jawaban : D

15.   The food would travel a long even if the person were doing ........A. a headstand.B. a handshakeC. running

D. walkingE. eating

Jawaban : A

16.   A  :  "When did the old man fall ?" B  :  " .... "A. When he got off the busB. When he was getting off the busC. After he had got off the busD. Before he had been getting off the busE. While she got off the busJawaban : A

17.   The luggage is twice the baby's weight. The luggage is ........ the baby.A. as heavy asB. heavier thanC. not so heavy as

D. lighter thanE. as light as

Jawaban : B

18.   His father speaks French but his mother speaks English. This means ........A. his father and mother speak French and EnglishB. his father speaks French, his mother speaks EnglishC. his father speaks French and EnglishD. his mother speaks English and FrenchE. his mother speaks French, his father speaks EnglishJawaban : B

19.   She would rather ........ vegetables than flowers.A. growingB. growsC. grew

D. to growE. grow

Jawaban : E

20.   His grandfather usually walks arround the garden to see the blooming flowers. The underlined words mean ........A. flowers that are going to bloomB. flowers that are bloomingC. flowers that will be blooming

D. flowers that have been bloomingE. flowers that had been blooming

Jawaban : B

21.   She would like to live in Indonesia, ....... it never snows.A. whenB. whereC. that

D. whichE. what

Jawaban : B

22.   If your brother ........ here, he ........ us with this work.A. is - would helpB. was - will helpC. were - will help

D. was - would helpedE. was - would have helped

Jawaban : C

23.   Tanto didn't pass the examination because he didn't study his lessons seriously. He ........ if he had wanted to succeed.A. could have studied hardB. had studied hardC. might study hard

D. should have studied hardE. has studied hard

Jawaban : D

24.   One who reads a lot will improve his language ability. "One" here means ........A. somebodyB. a manC. a certain man

D. a personE. everybody

Jawaban : D

25.   I can't swim fast, ........A. but my brother canB. and so can my brotherC. and neither can my brother

D. and my brother can tooE. and so my brother

Jawaban : A

26.   He saw the terrible accidents, but when he was interrogated by the police, he was  no acted as if he ........ it.A. sawB. didn't seeC. had seen

D. had not seenE. has not seen

Jawaban : D

27.   The teacher asked : "Why did you late, Marry ?"The teacher asked why ........A. she comes lateB. she had come lateC. had she came late

D. she came lateE. did she come late

Jawaban : B

28.   It will be possible for scientists to get energy from the sun. We can also say Scientists behave ........A. it is possible to get energy from the sunB. it will be possible to get energy from the sunC. to get energy from the sun possibleD. it will possible to get energy from the sunE. it possible to get energy from the sunJawaban : B

29.   Tono found his dog sleeping in the car. This sentence means ........A. He found his dog when was sleeping in the carB. When found his dog he was sleeping in the carC. His dog found him when he was sleeping in the carD. His dog was found when sleeping in the carE. His dog was finding him sleeping in the carJawaban : D

30.   Ahmad : " Your son has broken the window."Badu    : "Don't, worry, I'll get it ........"A. repairedB. being repairedC. to be repaired

D. repairE. repairing

Jawaban : C

31.   When you want to play a badminton match, you should know the ........ of it.A. shuttlecockB. racket .C. rules

D. netE. field

Jawaban : C

32.   The electricity that we used in our daily life is generated in a ........ station.A. powerB. energyC. force

D. currentE. electricity

Jawaban : A

33.   A person who travels for pleasure is called ........

A. a touristB. a foreignerC. a stranger

D. a visitorE. electricity

Jawaban : A

34.   Without forests, nothing prevent the water from running down to the lower land. If it happens, the ........ will wash away the soil and the humus into the rivers.A. forest fireB. remaining forestC. rushing water

D. cutting down treesE. falling leaves

Jawaban : C

35.   The number of the new born children is called ........A. facilityB. demographyC. density

D. mortalityE. fertility

Jawaban : E

36.   ........ are concerned with how organism adopt to their environments in order to survive.A. PhysiogitsB. BiologistsC. Ecologists

D. BiochemistsE. Envirometalists

Jawaban : C

37.   In fact, the sun ........ just a very small part of its energy to the earth.A. pumpsB. releaseC. makes

D. letsE. produces

Jawaban : B

38.   The smoke from vehicles and factories ........ the air.A. poisonsB. destroysC. pollutes

D. distiesE. contaminates

Jawaban : C

39.   When the food is in your mouth it is influenced by the ........ which is sent out by the glands in the mouth.A. gastrinB. enzymeC. hormone

D. acidE. saliva

Jawaban : E

40.   Ujung kulon is the place of wild animals conservation. The word underlined mean : The place where ........A. people hunt wild animals

B. wild animals are protected from being huntedC. people can find any kind of animalsD. people can observe any kind of animalsE. wild animals are huntedJawaban : B

41.   Ida     : "Hello, Alfian, Are you working here ?" Alfian : "Yes, I have been working here for a month" Ida     : "Oh, really ? ........ "A. By all meansB. I'm very surprisedC. I hope not

D. Not at allE. There's no need

Jawaban : B

42.   X : " ....................................................................................... " Y : "Certainly".A. Could you carry this bag for me, please ?B. What is the weather like ?.C. Why don't you see the doctor ?D. Who's speaking please?E. How do you like it ?Jawaban : A

43.   X : "..........................................................................  ?"Y : "No, thanks, I can do it myself'.A. could you please help meB. Will you please move this chairC. Would you like me to carry your suitcaseD. Are you the manager of this officeE. Do you mind if I sit hereJawaban : C

44.   Father : "What are you doing, Toni ?" Toni    : " I'm studying, Father." Father : "Oh. I see. You ........ "A. had better turn on the televisionB. would rather turn on the televisionC. had better turn off the televisionD. would rather put out the televisionE. had better break the televisionJawaban : C

45.   Bill   : "Do you think John can solve the difficult math problem ?" Jack : "I ........ he can do it. He is an intelligent student."A. am in doubtB. believe

D. am not sureE. guess

C. don't thinkJawaban : B

LATIHAN 2

       Indonesia is a member of ASEAN, which is a regional organization founded by Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. The ASEAN Declaration, known as Bangkok Declaration, known as Bangkok was signed by the foreign Ministers of ASEAN countries on 8th August 1967 in Bangkok.       The aim of the organization is to have a close co-operation among the member countries on an equal basis. This would bring mutual benefits and stimulate solidarity which will promote peace, stability and prosperity. ASEAN also aims at maintaining external relation with similar aims, we have ASEAN Australia economic co-operation, ASEAN-US economic co-operation, etc. Over the years, ASEAN has grown into a significant and constructive force in Southeast Asian politics. It is able to find local solutions to regional problems, and to produce concrete results in dealing with matters ranging from trade difficulties to youth activities.

1.   Indonesia ........ ASEAN.A. was the only founder ofB. has never participated inC. is not a member country of

D. was one of the founders ofE. didn't sign the Declaration of

Jawaban : D

2.   The ASEAN declaration was signed by ........  of ASEAN countries.A. presidentsB. prime ministersC. foreign ministers

D. vice presidentsE. peoples

Jawaban : C

3.   The Declaration was signed in ........A. MalaysiaB. ThailandC. Indonesia

D. The PhilipinesE. Brunei Darussalam

Jawaban : B

4.   One of the aims of ASEAN is ........A. to organize other Asean countriesB. to arm themselves against other Asean nationsC. to dominate the economy of non-member countriesD. to set up a military pact among South-East Asean countriesE. to create a prosperous and peaceful community in South-East AsiaJawaban : E

5.   The aim of the organization is to have a close cooperation among the member countries non an equal basis. This would bring mutual benefits and stimulate solidarity

which will promoted peace, stability and prosperity. The word 'this' refers to ........A. the aim of the organizationB. maintaining peace. stability and presperityC. the cooperation among the member countiesD. stimulating the solidarity among themselvesE. having cooperation among the members on an equal basisJawaban : A

       Another pioneer, Paracelsus, who helped alchemy develop into modern chemistry, declared that salt, sulphur, and mercury mixed in the proper proportions would be good for our health. He also insisted that the search for gold should be stopped.       An important chemist in eighteenth-century in France was Lavoisier. His experiments convinced him that burning was caused by union of oxygen with other chemicals. He called this process oxidation.       In the composed of very small particles called atoms, and that the atoms of various elements differ in their weight. The atomic theory also states that a union of two or more atoms comprises a molecule.       At about the same time, an Italian physicist, Avogadro added the idea that a volume of one kind of gas contains the same number of molecules as an equal volume of any other kind of gas. if both are under the same conditions of temperature and pressure. This is called Avogadro's law.       The search for gold by the ancient alchemists has given way the search for other materials, which are not less precious, and probably even more useful. Although in a limited way, they have also fulfilled the dream of the ancients, to lengthen man's life.

6.   The most suitable title for the passage above is ........A. Small particles in gasB. The search for gold should be stoppedC. Alchemy in the early nineteenth centuryD. The union of oxygen with other chemicalsE. The development of alchemy as modern scienceJawaban : E

7.   The process of oxidation was found by ........A. AvogadroB. LavoisierC. Paracelsus

D. John DaltonE. Dimitri I Mendeleyev

Jawaban : B

8.   Oxidation will take place if there is ........A. union of atomsB. a composition of various elementsC. a union of oxygen with other chemicalsD. enough gas containing a number of moleculesE. a mixture of salt and sulphur in proper composition

Jawaban : C

9.   The volume of a certain gas will be equal to that of another if ........A. one of the gases has more molecules that the otherB. the heat and pressure of the two gases are differentC. they are under the same conditions of temperature and pressureD. both have the same heat, pressure and the same number of moleculesE. they have the same number of molecules but their heat and pressure are differentJawaban : C

10.   The effort of the ancient alchemists to change metals into gold ........A. is only a dreamB. is something uselessC. has no relation with chemistryD. is not the beginning of chemistryE. has opened the way to find other useful materials.Jawaban : E

                                  

POPULATION PROBLEMS

       As early as 1788 Thomas Robert Malthus, an English economical, expressed his concern about the rapid growth of the world's population. He stated that population increased in a geometrical ratio, while substance increased only in an arithmetical ratio. Consequently, unless there were checks on the growth of the population, a dearth of material would soon prevail. All plans for social reform would be in vain unless the included a lowering of the birthrate.       It is now nearly 200 years since Malthus Views were first published, and even though science and technology have advanced rapidly and have been very successful in increasing substance, there is still no certainly about the future unless population growth is checked. "Zero population growth" has become a popular motto in campaigns for family planning and birth control. In 1930 Indonesia had a population of 60 million in 1954 it was 81 million the present estimate is about 150 million. The annual rate old increase is around 2.2 percent. If the population continues to grow at this rate, in year 2000 we will have a population of over 200 million.

11.   Thomas Robert Malthus was ........ about the rapid growth of the word's population.A. satB. happyC. worried

D. optimisticE. satisfied

Jawaban : C

12.   Without birth control, population will increase ........ substance.A. as fast as D. less rapidly than

B. faster thanC. slower than

E. in the same way as

Jawaban : B

13.   If there were no checks on the population growth, ........A. there would be a lowering of birth rateB. the plants social reform would be successfulC. substance would increase in genetical ratioD. population would increase in arithmetical ratioE. there would not be enough substance for the populationJawaban : E

14.   Zero population growth means ........A. a popular motto for campaignsB. there will be many more people to take care ofC. we will have a population of over 200 million in the year 2000D. the increase in populationE. no births and no deathsJawaban : A

15.   The advantage of checking population growth is ........A. there is no certainly about the futureB. there will be many more people of over 200 million in the year 2000C. we will have a population of over 200 million in the year 2000D. the increase in population and that old subsistence will balanceE. the average increase in population will more that 2.2 percentJawaban : E

16.   Mr. Burhan ........ one of the English teachers in our school this year.A. isB. wasC. will be

D. has beenE. will have been

Jawaban : A

17.   The mango tree ........ stands in front of our house is bearing lots of fruit now.A. whoB. whomC. which

D. whoseE. of which

Jawaban : C

18.   Herry won't have solved the problem, and ........A. so will IB. I will tooC. neither will I

D. I will have tooE. I haven't either

Jawaban : C

19.   I'm completely free now because I ........ all my work.A. didB. will doC. have done

D. will have doneE. have been doing

Jawaban : C

20.   Mother  : "Do you have any new eggs," Seller     : "Certainly. The eggs that ........ here are always new."A. sellB. sold .C. is sold

D. are soldE. were sold.

Jawaban : D

21.   The teacher wanted to know whether there were still students who liked ........ to classical music.A. listenB. listenedC. listening

D. to listenE. to listening

Jawaban : C

22.   "Will you pour the coffee into the cups?" We can also say : She asked me if I ........ the coffee into the cups.A. pourB. pouredC. will pour

D. would pourE. would have poured

Jawaban : D

23.   I wish I had heard the news about Chairil's being to the Hospital.From this sentence we know that the speaker ........A. knew that Chairil was hospitalB. had visited Chairil in the hospitalC. didn't know that Chairil was in the hospitalD. has heard the news but didn't visit ChairilE. visited Chairil when he knew Chairil was hospitalizedJawaban : C

24.   He would rather ........ than ........ letters.A. read - writeB. read - wroteC. reads - writes

D. to read - to writeE. reading - writing

Jawaban : A

25.   When I opened the door I saw him reading the book.It means that ........A. reading the book, he opened the doorB. while opening the door he read the book

C. because I opened the door, he read the bookD. he was reading a book when I opened the doorE. I opened the door because he was reading the bookJawaban : D

26.   If he worked harder, he would probably get a better salary. We learn from this sentence that ........A. a better salary makes him work hardB. he works hard and gets a better salaryC. working hard makes him get a better salaryD. he gets a better salary for his hard workingE. he does not work hard to get a better salaryJawaban : C

27.   He didn't feel well. He ........ have been working too hard.A. canB. willC. shall

D. wouldE. might

Jawaban : E

28.   Mother told Lolo to get father's watch repaired. From the sentence we can conclude that ........ to repair father's watch.A. Lolo hadB. Mother toll LoloC. Lolo asked someone

D. Lolo told someoneE. father asked someone

Jawaban : C

29.   The basic unit for measuring length is ........A. gramB. meterC. hectare

D. cubic meterE. square meter

Jawaban : B

30.   The new 747 Boeing aircraft larger seats, and bigger windows. "Aircraft" means ........A. airwaysB. airlineC. airmail

D. airportE. aeroplane

Jawaban : E

31.   Thermometer instrument is used to measure ........A. tensionB. temperatureC. sight intensity

D. glucose contentE. blood pressure

Jawaban : B

32.   When trees in the forest are cut down, rain water will go down to the lower land, causing flood and ...A. rainB. stormC. erosion

D. aridityE. fertility

Jawaban : C

33.   ........ orbit around the centre of nucleus of the atom.A. currentsB. electronsC. particles

D. substancesE. insulators

Jawaban : B

34.   Animals need oxygen, plants help to provide. In return, animals give off carbon dioxide which is taken by plants. This process is called ........A. interlinkB. interbreedC. interaction

D. interdependenceE. interrelationship

Jawaban : D

35.   The most important job of the police is to prevent crimes and arrest ........A. lawyersB. drivesC. victives

D. detectivesE. lawbreakers

Jawaban : E

36.   The eruption of sea volcanoes causes ........ flooding regions on the coast.A. cold lavaB. hot steamC. hot gases

D. high wavesE. black ashes

Jawaban : A

37.   

According to TABLE 1, the region with the highest birth rate is ........

A. East Java ProvinceB. West Java ProvinceC. Central Java ProvinceD. Yogyakarta Special TerritoryE. Special Territory Capital City of Jakarta RayaJawaban : B

38.   After food is forced down the esophagus, it enters the ........A. mouthB. throstC. stomach

D. appendixE. small intestine

Jawaban : C

39.   Grace   : "I left my pen at home."Robby  : "You can use one of mine"Grace   : "........ How kind of you."A. I'm sureB. CertainlyC. Thank you

D. I think soE. I'm so sorry.

Jawaban : C

40.   Budi              : "Can I have one ticket please ?"Ticket Seller  : " ........ The tickets have been sold out."A. have funB. I'm sorryC. wonderful

D. Thank youE. with pleasure

Jawaban : B

41.   Budi   : "We are going to Tawangmangu. Would you like come along?" Sukri  : "........"A. with pleasureB. Oh yes, it doesC. Oh, it's interesting

D. Well, it doesn't matterE. I find it fascinating

Jawaban : A

42.   Iwan is asking Tono to go with him to the beach. He said, "........ "Tono : "That's a very nice idea. Let's ask the others too."A. Do you go to the beach ?B. Are you going to the beach ?C. How about going to the beach ?D. Do you like going to the beach ?E. Are you asking your friends to go to the beach ?Jawaban : C

43.   Ardi  : "........"

Icu    : "Certainly. I'm always ready to help you."A. Are you busy ?B. Is it secret ?C. Will you do it ?

D. Can you hear it ?E. Could you do me a favour ?

Jawaban : E

44.   Darris    : "Can I go swimming ?" Mother  : "........, It's going to rain."A. Don't worryB. Yes. you willC. I'm afraid not

D. It's all rightE. It's fascinating

Jawaban : C

45.   Foreigner      : "Excuse me. Do you know how I can get to Jakarta from here in one day ?"Travel agent  : ". ....... if you like."A. It is up to youB. You'd better goC. Please don't ask me

D. I know do you areE. I think you can take a plane

Jawaban : E

LATIHAN 3

                                                

OUR BODY

       In some ways our body is like a machine. A machine, such as a car engine, needs energy to do its work. The engine burns fuel, usually petrol. The fuel is combined with oxygen from the air. Energy is released.       There are many likenesses between a machine and the human body. But it is the difference that make you better than a machine. For example, our body can change food into living material and it can grow. Machine cannot do these things. They cannot feel or see and they cannot think and learn as human beings do. The human body can repair worn-out parts. It can even produce new human beings. There is something special about the human body. It is alive, but machines are not.       The human body has many kinds of organs. For example, it has the skeleton to hold the body erect. It has muscles to move the body. It has blood to carry food to all parts of the body. Our body has the brain to think with. It has the nervous system to control the muscles through our senses. Our senses are windows on the world about us. We learn everything through our senses. Information comes to us through our eyes, ears, nose, tongue, skin and some other senses. These other senses and the senses of balance. These sense tell us what is going on inside our body.

1.   One similarity between our body and a machine is that about ........

A. produce new human beingsB. can repair worn-out partsC. use energy to do their workD. can feel, see, think and learnE. can change foot into living materialsJawaban : C

2.   The function of the skeleton is ........A. to carry foodB. to move the bodyC. to control the muscles

D. to give us informationE. to hold the body erect

Jawaban : E

3.   Which paragraph tells us about parts of our body and their functions ?A. paragraph 1B. paragraph 2C. paragraph 3

D. paragraph 1 dan 2E. paragraph 2 dan 3

Jawaban : C

4.   The main idea of paragraph 2 is about ........A. the function of a machineB. the function of our bodyC. the production of new human beingD. the differences between the human body and a machineE. the combination of oxygen from the airJawaban : D

5.   It has the skeleton to hold the body erect. The words erect means ........A. firmB. stiffC. strong

D. uprightE. straight

Jawaban : D

6.   The human body can repair worn-out because it is alive The underlined words means ........A. usedB. brokenC. injured

D. decayedE. destroyed

Jawaban : D

                                

FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT

       The big airliner was flying high in the sky. Some of the passengers were sleeping, like the man who sit next to me. Some others were talking with their neighbours. A fat woman was sitting across the aisle from me. She had a magazine in one hand and a box of chocolates in the other. She seemed to pay more attention to her chocolate, than to her magazine. Every time I looked in her direction she was busy eating chocolate, and she almost never looked at her magazine.       Suddenly the plane began to shake. The fat women jumped out of her seat. She was very nervous, "Why ... Why ... What's happening?" she asked "When . . . . hey . . . the plane shaking so," She looked out of a window and started screaming. "Help! The plane's on fire!"       Then there came an announcement. "Attention, please!. This is the captain speaking. Please stay in your seats. Nothing serious has happened. One of the engines has stopped but the plane is all right. The engine is not on fire, so, please, don't be afraid."       The fat woman fainted in her seat. A stewardess was with her. Another stewardess was trying to calm a woman who was very talkative at first, but was crying now. Everyone was quite.       The stewardess were every goes. They succeeded in calming down those who were frightened. I felt the plane turning slowly. Some smoke still coming from the engine, but that was all.

7.   The fat woman who was ........ was one of the passengers in the big airliner.A. reading a magazineB. looking out of windowC. busy eating her chocolate

D. talking with her neighbourE. sitting next to writer

Jawaban : C

8.   The captain asked the passengers to ........A. be quiteB. start prayingC. stop the engines

D. fasten the seatbeltsE. remain in their seats

Jawaban : E

9.   What did the stewardesses do ?They  ........A. stopped the smoke from the engine.B. were frightening the passengerC. made an announcements to the passengerD. sit with another passenger.E. succeeded in calming down the passengerJawaban : E

10.   The main idea of the first paragraph is about ........A. the pilotB. the writerC. the fat woman

D. the woman's neighbourE. he sleeping passengers

Jawaban : C

11.   Some of the passengers were sleeping, like the man who sit next to me. (line 2) The underlined word refers to ........A. fat womanB. the pilotC. the woman

D. the writerE. the stewardess

Jawaban : D

12.   

The part of the aeroplane shown by he arrow is called the ........A. fanB. bodyC. rear

D. wingE. propeller

Jawaban : E

       As the supplies of fossil fuels-coal, oil and gas are running out, scientists have been working hard trying to find the ways of obtaining other kinds of fuel. They have succeeded in finding on that is very efficient nuclear fuel. However, the ores with produce this kind of energy, e.g. uranium ores, will eventually run out, too. Fortunately a source of abundant energy, which is virtually inexhaustible sunlight has been waiting for the scientist. The sun sends out energy equal to the produced by 10,000 million tons of coal every second, of which the earth receives only one two-billionth part. It is estimated that the energy which falls on one square meter of the earth's surface per second can be used to keep about seven 100 watt lamps burning. The sun's energy is really abundant, but only a limited amount has so far been used by man. The sun can also be used as a source of fuel for power plants. Such power plants are still in the experimental stages. However, it is hoped that they will lead the way to a wider use of solar energy to run machines.       Solar energy can be used in telephone communications, space technology, and farming. Solar batteries have been in experimental use for a number of years to power telephone lines. They are now being use to recharge batteries which power instruments used in space vehicles. Scientist have also succeeded in developing solar pumps that can raise water for irrigation.

13.   Why have scientist been trying to find ways of obtaining other kinds of fuel? Because . . . .A. uranium ores produce energyB. nuclear fuel is very efficientC. sunlight is virtually inexhaustibleD. the supplies of fossil fuels are running outE. sunlight has been waiting for the scientistJawaban : D

14.   Which of the following is a source of abundant energy ........A. Gas .B. OilC. Coal

D. OresE. Sunlight

Jawaban : E

15.   In farming, solar energy is used to operate ........ for irrigation.A. pumpsB. vehiclesC. batteries

D. instrumentsE. power plants

Jawaban : A

16.   Information about amount of energy sent out by the sun is found in ........A. paragraph 1B. paragraph 2C. paragraph 3

D. paragraph 4E. paragraph 3 dan 4

Jawaban : B

17.   However, it is hoped that they will lead the way to a wider use of solar energy to run machines. The word underlined refers to ........A. machinesB. power plantsC. solar batteries

D. experimental stagesE. telephone communications

Jawaban : B

18.   The scientist are trying to find ways to change the sun's light into ........A. gasB. guelC. ores

D. liquidE. energy

Jawaban : E

       A bank is an institution with a two fold function. First, it keeps people's money safe and readily available. In this way it functions as a saving bank. Secondly, it lends money to people who need it. It is also, therefore, a moneylender.       Anyone can save to any bank and deposit money, that is, ask the bank to look after it. He becomes a customer of the bank. When he deposits money, we say he opens a bank account. There are two types of bank account. The first is a current account. When a customer deposits money in the safe-keeping of the bank, he can at any time claim the repayment of the money, in part or in whole, by means of a written order to the bank signed by himself.       Such an order is called a cheque. The second kind of account is the deposit account. When the bank receives money on deposit, the customer can demand its return at the end of an agreed term of notice of withdrawal a month, three months, six months or a year. The bank pays interest on money in deposit accounts.       Just as they receive deposits from this customers, so the banks lend money to their

customers. A person who wants to borrow money has to give the bank something as security, for instance, a certificate showing ownership of property. When a customer has a bank loan, the bank charges him interest on the money he has borrowed. The bank does not always give the borrower annual money. It may credit his account with the amount borrowed, exactly as if he had deposited at the bank.

19.   What do you call a person who deposits his money in a bank ?A. A bankerB. A customerC. A cheque owner

D. A money lenderE. A money changer

Jawaban : B

20.   A customer who has a current accounts can draw his money by ........A. means of a chequeB. opening an accountC. showing his hand-book

D. showing his identity cardE. writing a letter to the bank

Jawaban : A

21.   What is the main idea of paragraph three ........A. Banks as money lendersB. How to deposit moneyC. Banks as savings banksD. How to borrow money from a bankE. How interest is charged on the borrowerJawaban : A

22.   Just as they receive deposits from their customers, so the banks lend money to their customers.The word "they" refers to ........A. banksB. customersC. borrowers

D. money lendersE. deposit accounts

Jawaban : A

23.   The word interest (line 13) means ........A. share belonging to the bankB. attention paid by the bankC. money paid for the use of moneyD. dividend given by the customE. money given by the customerJawaban : C

24.   Someone who wishes to borrow money from a bank should give the bank something as ........A. loanB. shares

D. interestE. security

C. depositJawaban : E

                                          

THE HOSPITAL

       If you look at the front of a large, modern hospital, you may notice that there are two separate entrances. One of these is for patients in need of immediate treatment. it is the emergency entrance. Here ambulances are to be seen pulling up at any hour of the day or night. The other entrance is the main entrance of the hospital.       In the ground floor inside main entrance. there are probably a reception areas and waiting room, and also office. On the floors above and below are the numerous other departments. On a lower floor may be the laundry and the kitchen. On another floor will be a maternity section for mothers and their babies. Their rooms are usually kept separate from the rest of the hospital, so that the babies do not catch other people's illnesses.       The rooms from other patients are usually on the higher floors. There are small rooms for just one. patient, slightly larger rooms for two, three or four patients, and larger rooms called wards, in which as many as 40 or 50 patients may lie in rows of beds. On other floors are the operating rooms, called operating theatres, and special departments such as he radiography department, where x-rays are taken and developed.       In the laboratories, special tests are carried out on body tissue and fluids to find out the nature of a patient's disease. The pharmacy supplies the drugs to treat patients, near the operating theatres is the blood bank to store blood for transfusions. Here too is the sterilizing department, where all the operating instruments and bandages used in the operating theatres and in the wards are cleaned and made free from germs

25.   Where can you find the reception area in a modern hospital ........A. On the ground floorB. On the floors aboveC. On the second floor

D. Near the maternity sectionE. At the emergency entrance

Jawaban : A

26.   X-rays are taken and developed in the ........A. laboratoriesB. operating theatreC. emergency section

D. maternity sectionE. radiography department

Jawaban : E

27.   The ........ are located on the same floor.A. kitchen and the maternity actionB. waiting room and the laboratoryC. reception areas the laundry

D. laundry and the maternity actionE. laundry and the kitchen

Jawaban : E

28.   The main idea of the first paragraph is about to ........A. modern hospital :B. operating theatresC. the rooms for patient

D. the two kinds of entrancesE. the location of the departments

Jawaban : D

29.   The word "Here" line 3 refers to ........A. the two separate entrancesB. the emergency entranceC. the main entrance

D. the hospitalE. the entrances

Jawaban : B

30.   A doctor examining his patient using a ........A. telescopeB. horoscopeC. microscope

D. stethoscopeE. stereoscope.

Jawaban : D

31.   Asia is the largest of the three ........A. islesB. islandC. continents

D. archipelagoesE. subcontinents

Jawaban : C

32.   Bali is ........ between Java and Lombok.A. putB. liedC. found

D. placedE. located

Jawaban : E

33.   Children under the age of 6 go to the ........A. kindergartenB. secondary schoolC. junior high school

D. elementary schoolE. senior high school

Jawaban : A

34.   During a football-match, linesmen have to move ........A. in the goal areaB. along he goal lineC. in he penalty area

D. along the touch lineE. along the halfway line

Jawaban : D

35.   Lake Toba ........ many foreign tourists to visit it.A. accommodatesB. interestsC. attracts

D. welcomesE. receives

Jawaban : C

36.   Mrs. Budi  : "Nani, where did you put my chemistry book ?" Anton        : "What did Mrs. Budi ask you, Nani ?" Nani          : "She asked me ........ her chemistry book."A. Where I putB. Where did you putC. Where I had put

D. Where had I putE. Where you had put

Jawaban : C

37.   Rina   : "What's wrong with you, Yanti ?"Yanti  : "I have a toothache. It's so painful."Rina   : "I think you ........ see a dentist as soon as possible."A. mightB. wouldC. had to

D. shouldE. were to

Jawaban : D

38.   Steve : "Is your sister still in Medan ?"Paul   : "Yes, she ........ there since last September."A. wasB. will beC. could be

D. has beenE. had been

Jawaban : D

39.   The road is narrow and slippery. Many accidents happen. In other words we can say The road is narrow and slippery ........ many accidents happen.A. soB. butC. for

D. yetE. because

Jawaban : A

40.   Mary doesn't like seafood because she is allergic to it.A. If she is not allergic to the food, she eats itB. If she was not allergic to the food, she ate itC. If she is not allergic to the food, she will eat itD. If she were not allergic to the food, she would eat itE. If she hadn't been allergic to the food she would have eaten itJawaban : D

41.   Mr. Amat is old. He may not drive a car We can say Mr. Amat is ........ to drive a carA. so oldB. too oldC. very old

D. old enoughE. rather old

Jawaban : B

42.   We were not allowed to enter the classroom because it ........A. cleansB. cleanedC. was cleaned

D. was cleaningE. was being cleaned

Jawaban : E

43.   I bought a bike last week. Do you want to see it ? The combined sentence is :Do you wan to see the bike ........ I bought last week ?A. whoB. whomC. which

D. whereE. whose

Jawaban : C

44.   I don' like writing letters. I like reading them We can also say :I prefer reading letters ........ writing them.A. toB. orC. then

D. fromE. with

Jawaban : A

45.   Badu     : "I like watching comedy films. How about you, Yan ?"Wayan  : "........"A. I tooB. I'm tooC. I do too

D. I like toE. I do so too

Jawaban : C

46.   At a train station in Surabaya, at 5:05 p.m Officer  : "You're late, Sir. The train for Jakarta has just left"Mr. Ali  : "........ ! What should I do then. I'm supposed to be in Jakarta                at two o'clock tomorrow."A. How niceB. Oh my GodC. Don't worry

D. What a good newsE. That's all right

Jawaban : B

47.   Sartono  : "Mira, there's a good, film on at the Jakarta Theatre."                "Would you care to go with me ?"Mira       :  ".................................................................."                  "My grandmother is coming."A. Thank youB. All right

D. I'm afraid I can'tE. That would be nice

C. Yes, pleaseJawaban : D

48.   Yanto : "I was wondering how Ani knew the names of so many waters." Budi   : "It's not surprising because reading ........"A. is her hobbyB. is interestingC. is a good hobby

D. gives you pleasure.E. is a good way to kill the time

Jawaban : A

49.   Mother : "In the holidays, we'll spend a whole week in our home town."Son      : "........ I'll meet with my old friends and play with them."A. It'll be funnyB. It seems possibleC. I'll be very sorry

D. That might be awfulE. That'll be wonderful

Jawaban : E

50.   Don  : " ............................................   I've forgotten mine"Sari  : "Here you are"Don  : "Thanks"A. How do you do, Sari ?B. How are you today, Sari ?C. Could you do me a favor

D. Can I borrow your dictionary ?E. How are things with you, Sari ?

Jawaban : D

LATIHAN 4

       "A healthy mind in a healthy body". That is the motto of every athlete in the world. People can be happy only if they are healthy. There are several important things we must do in order to stay healthy. First, we must get enough regular physical exercise. Second, we must live in a clean house. Third, we must have enough time to rest. Rest is an important physical exercise. And fourth, we must eat adequate quantities of nutritious food.       Good food is very important for keeping our body healthy. Food which contains a lot of nutriments is always good for our body. Nutriments are used by our body for energy, growth and for building new body tissues. Nutriments are of five important groups : proteins, carbohydrates, fats, minerals and vitamins. Our body needs proteins for its growth. Therefore, proteins are the most important nutriments for young people. Proteins also rebuild worn-out body tissues. We can acquire proteins from meat chicken, peas, beans, coconuts, eggs and milk.       Carbohydrates are as important as proteins, because they are the main source of energy. The body needs energy to do its work. Carbohydrates are found in flour, bread, cakes, rice, potatoes, cassava, corn, sugar and sweets.       Fats are another important source of energy. We can find fats in butter, margarine, milk, coconut-milk, eggs, fish, meat and ice-cream. However, too much fat can make our body at and this is dangerous for our heart. It can cause heart attacks.       Mineral salts such as calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, and iron are also absolutely

necessary for our body. For instance, calcium, magnesium and phosphorus are necessary for the growth of our bones and teeth. Iron is important for our blood.       Vitamins are important for our health. The body cannot make is own vitamins, so it depends on our food for these. We must eat food which contains a lot of vitamins, such as vegetables and fruit. They help the body to absorb other nutrients in food. Vitamins control our digestion.

1.   What kind of food is good for our body ? Food that contains ........A. minerals, margarine, milk, meat, proteinsB. fats, magnesium, phosphorus, iron, proteinsC. proteins, minerals, vegetables, fruit, vitaminsD. carbohydrates, fats, calcium, phosphorus, vitaminsE. proteins, carbohydrates, fats, minerals, and vitaminsJawaban : E

2.   Which of the following statements is correct ........A. Having much rest is needed to be healthyB. Expensive meals keep our body healthyC. Our body can provide its own vitaminsD. Too much fat endanger heartE. when you eat beans you will get a lot of carbohydratesJawaban : A

3.   We can find carbohydrates in ........A. bread, rice, potatoes, corn and sweetsB. flour, cakes, butter. ice-cream and eggsC. cassava, coconut-milk, fish, margarine and meatD. meat, fish, corn, ice-cream, butter and cassavaE. rice, margarine, cake, flour, eggs, fish and meatJawaban : A

4.   The main idea of the first paragraph is ........A. How to be happyB. How to stay healthyC. How to do physical exercise

D. How to balance food and workE. How to keep nutritious food

Jawaban : B

5.   It can cause heart attack. (Paragraph 4) What does the word "it" refer to ?A. our bodyB. our heartC. nut milk

D. too much fatE. source of energy

Jawaban : D

6.   We must eat adequate quantities of nutritious food.

The underlined word means ........A. largeB. smallC. full

D. greatE. enough

Jawaban : E

       A force of attraction exists between every body in the universe. It is called gravity and it has been investigated by many scientist including Galileo and Newton. Gravitational force depends on the masses of the bodies involved. Normally it is very small, but when one of the bodies is a planet, like the earth, the force is considerable. Everything on or near the surface of the earth is attracted by the mass of the earth. The greater the mass the greater is the earth's force of attraction on it.       Because of gravity, bodies have weight. We can perceive weight only when a body resists gravity. For example, when we pick up a stone there are two forces involved. One is the lifting force we exert, and the other is the force of gravity which attracts the stone downwards and this gives it weight. When a body escapes from the influence of the earth's gravitational pull, it can become 'weightless'. For example, the centrifugal force of a spacecraft spinning in orbit round the earth cancels the effect of gravity. The crew therefore experience weightlessness. One of the minor disadvantages of weightlessness is that normal pen will not write, because the ink is not attracted by gravity to flow out of the pen.       If the space crew land on the surface of the moon, they experience the much weaker for be of gravity exerted by the moon. On the moon they weightless than on earth. Special training is necessary to help them to walk on the moon's surface.       To simplify engineering calculations, it is assumed that gravity is the same every where on the earth's surface, and that every kilogram of mass the earth exerts a force of 9,81 Newtons on a body. In fact gravity differs slightly from place to place because of the shape of the earth. It is greatest at the poles where the earth is flattest, and least at the equator.

7.   When can a body become weightless ?A. when a body resists gravity of the earthB. when a body and the earth attract one anotherC. when a body is free from the influence of the earth's gravitational pullD. when a body is pulled by the earth's gravitational forceE. when the earth's gravitational force attracts the bodyJawaban : C

8.   State which of the following statement is correct.A. In fact gravity is the same from place to place because of the space of the earthB. It is possible for the space crew to walk on the moon without special trainingC. One of the causes that make ink flow out of the pen is gravityD. Our body will be overweight when we are in the outer spaceE. The gravity on the moon greater that on the earthJawaban : C

9.   According to the text, when the astronauts landed on the surface of the moon, they experienced the much weaker force of gravity ........ by the moon.

A. usedB. forcedC. exerted

D. involvedE. influenced

Jawaban : C

10.   The main idea of the second paragraph is about ......A. how to perceive weightB. why bodies have weightC. the weight of appace craft crewD. the experience of a spacecraft crewE. the gravitational force which attracts a stoneJawaban : B

11.   The word "it" in paragraph 1 line 3 refers to ........A. one of the bodiesB. force of attractionC. gravitational force

D. scientists' investigationE. everything in the universe

Jawaban : C

12.   It has been investigated by many scientists including Galileo and Newton. The underlined word means ........A. seenB. stated.C. known

D. observedE. understood

Jawaban : D

       Oil, like coal and natural gas, is a fossil fuel fossils are made from the remains of dead plants and animals. It is thought that oil comes from tiny plants and animals whose bodies fell in their millions to the seabed when they died. There they were covered by sands and muds, which later hardened into rocks. In the course of millions of years, the plant and animal material underwent chemical change and eventually turned into oil.       Oil deposits lie hidden deep beneath the surface of the earth. They have to be searched for. Unless the soil actually comes to the surface, it is impossible to be certain that any is present.       The rising demand for oil products keeps the oil companies busy exploring new oil fields, and drilling new wells. Exploration teams are sent to distant regions to search for oil. If the exploration shows good results, the company decides to drill a well. This the exploration phase ends, and the production phase begins.       At the beginning of the production phase, gas pressure from below causes the crude oil to gush to the surface with great force. After some time, however, the gas pressure is less, and a pumping-station must be built to bring up the oil. Wells continue to produce oil for several years, until production becomes so low that they must be abandoned.       Crude oil has to be transported to a refinery to be made into the many products that are useful to man, such as petrol, kerosene, diesel oil, lubricants, asphalt Further processing gives aviation fuel, greases, fertilizers, insecticides, man-made fibers and many other things.       The oil industry has a very complex and widespread distribution system. Ocean tankers,

pipelines, rail tankers, and road tankers are used to bring the oil products to sea-port, inland depots, can and drum factories , and to tens of thousand of petrol stations in cities and along motorways.       More than any other, the oil industry influences the lives of men and women everywhere. From the largest to the simplest home, whose need may only be kerosene for its lamps and stoves, there is daily need for large quantities of the various oil products.

13.   What helped plant and animal materials turned into oil ?A. gasB. rocksC. layers

D. sands and mudsE. chemical changes

Jawaban : E

14.   According to the text, the right sentences is ........A. oil is only found in the seabedB. oil cannot be found beneath the seabedC. nowadays it is easy to find oil resourcesD. the process of oil formation lasts millions of yearsE. All dead plants and animals change directly into oilJawaban : B

15.   After several years oil ........ may be exhausted and the wells become dry.A. depositsB. productsC. industries

D. companiesE. explorations

Jawaban : A

16.   The main idea of paragraph 1 is : How oil is ........A. usedB. formedC. produced

D. drilledE. retained

Jawaban : B

17.   They have to be searched for (Paragraph 2, line 6) The word 'they' refers to ........A. sandsB. tiny plantsC. fuel fossils

D. oil depositsE. chemical changes

Jawaban : D

18.   The exploration teams are sent to distant regions to search for oil. The word "distant regions" means ........A. remote placesB. long journeysC. research areas

D. far from drillingsE. explorations area

Jawaban : A

       Every day both industrial and domestic chimneys emit vast amount of dirt and harmful gases. The exhaust fumes from thousands of car engines add to this huge volume of filth.       Sulphur dioxide, produced mainly by the burning of coal and oil, combines with the moisture of the air to form sulphuric acid. This eats away stone, brick and even metal. Doctors reason that if it can do this, it must damage the lungs of people who breathe it, especially over a period of many years.       Usually the effect of air pollution are not instantly noticeable. Occasionally though, there have been catastrophic ‘smogs’ (The word smog is a combination of smoke and fog). One of these occurred in the town of Donora, Pennsylvania, in the U.S.A. They valley in which the town lies traps the some and fumes from the steel-works and chemical plants that fill it. One day in October 1948, unusual weather conditions prevented the smog from lifting by the afternoon, as it normally did. Instead, it hung over the town for three days. By the end of the third day, nearly 8000 people were ill. More than 80 percent of those aged 85 and over seriously ill, 20 people died. At last a heavy rain shower dared the smog.       One of the chief causes of air pollution in many cities in the internal combustion engine. Cars, lorries, and buses give out the gas called carbon monoxide, which in high concentrations can kill a person in a confined space. Cars also throw into the air fine particles of rubber and asphalt from their tires and the road, and particles of asbestos from their brake-linings. These can cause damage to the lungs when breathed in.       Another source of pollution is the nuclear power stations which produce a great amount of poisonous radio-active waste. This waste must be sealed up and buried beneath the ground or seabed so carefully that there is no danger of leakage. Some scientists are very worried that we are not being careful enough with nuclear waste. it may not all be buried safely. Also, they fear there may be a serious accident at a nuclear power station, releasing deadly radiation into the air.

19.   The burning of coal and oil produces ........A. sulphuric acidB. sulphur dioxideC. exhaust fume

D. carbon monoxideE. air moisture

Jawaban : B

20.   Which of the sentences is correct according to the text ?A. Factories, motor cars, and nuclear power stations cause air pollution.B. The exhaust-pipe of a running car absorbs carbon monoxideC. In a confined space carbon monoxide is not very dangerousD. Radio-active waste is poisonous, so it is harmless to peopleE. Smoke and fumes clear up the air around a factoryJawaban : A

21.   Stone brick and even metal can be eaten away by ........A. sulphur dioxidB. harmful gasesC. carbon monoxide

D. radio-active wasteE. sulphuric acid

Jawaban : A

22.   The main idea of paragraph 3 is aboutA. an accident which occurred in DonoraB. the effect of industrial developmentC. the unnoticeable effect of air pollutionD. the smog covering the town of DonoraE. air pollution which is not noticeableJawaban : C

23.   The word "this" in paragraph 2 line 4 refers to .....A. moisture of the airB. sulphuric acidC. brick and metal

D. sulphur dioxideE. burning of coal and oil

Jawaban : D

24.   Usually the effect of air pollution are not instantly noticeable."Noticeable" means ......A. can be seenB. can be heardC. can be thought

D. able to be touchedE. could be tasted

Jawaban : A

       There is reason for the deepest concern about the plight of wild life in our country. Many rare species are threatened with extinction because of the greed of hunters and game collectors. Orangutans are rarely found in their natural habitat in the forest of Kalimantan and Sumatera, but one may find them in zoos and private menageries all over the world. Ruthless hunters kill innocent elephants for their valuable ivory tusks, or catch them alive to perform in circuses. Tiger's hides decorate walls and floors of rich people's home in distant countries. it things are allowed to continue in this way, it is feared that very soon all wild disappear from our forests. Fortunately, the government has now imposed strict laws on hunting. Some areas are designed wildlife reserves where hunters cannot enter. These include Ujungkulon and Pangandaran in West Java, Merubetiri in East Java, and many more in the other island.       Sometime ago our newspapers contained reports elephants which had run amok in the province of Lampung. They had emerged from their abode in the forest and destroyed crops and houses belonging to the villagers. The people could not understand why the beasts had suddenly gone wild. The strange thing was that animals had not come for food, because having wrought destruction they returned to the forest. They seemed to have come only to vent their anger. As elephants are protected by law, the people could not kill any of them.       The explanation for the elephants strange behavior is that they felt their quiet life had been disturbed by the timber-felling projects and saw mills set up deep in the forest. The animals felt their domain was being narrowed by man, and so they got angry. Elephants need peace and quiet for their family life. They also need wide areas of land in which to roam. They live in herds, and each herd likes to have its won territory.       Now the government has driven the elephants back into the forests, away from any village or lumbermill. By shouting and shooting in the air the people drove the great beasts to a new abode in the district of Air Sugihan. It is hoped that they will feel at home there, and can live in peace and quiet

25.   Why are tigers hunted ?A. To keep as petsB. To get their clawsC. To get their hides

D. To become their friendsE. To help them with their work

Jawaban : C

26.   According to the passage the right sentence is ?A. Most elephants are killed for their ivory tusksB. Many valuable ivory tusks are found in KalimantanC. The circuses can also reduce the elephant populationD. The game collectors stop hunting the rare species in IndonesiaE. The plight of the wildlife in our country does not need deep concern of us.Jawaban : A

27.   The government provides a new ........ for the elephants because their old one has been invaded by man.A. forestB. cageC. abode

D. lawE. herd

Jawaban : C

28.   The main idea of the first paragraph is ........A. We can find orangutans in zoosB. Elephants are hunted for their skinC. Hunters are not allowed to kill orangutansD. The cause of worrying the plight of wild-life in our countryE. Rare species of animals are also likely to extinctJawaban : A

29.   ....... but one may find them in zoos and (Paragraph 1 line 4) The Underlined word refers to ........A. tigersB. peopleC. elephants

D. orangutansE. rare species

Jawaban : D

30.   The word 'ruthless' in paragraph one line 5 means ....A. very braveB. very cruelC. peaceful

D. full of pityE. very disappointed

Jawaban : B

31.   Look at the picture below.

The paint of the picture pointed by the arrow denoting the ........ of our independence.A. dayB. dateC. month

D. yearE. century

Jawaban : B

32.   There are four seasons in subtropical regions and two in the tropics. In ........ the leaves of the trees fall to ground.A. springB. summerC. autumn

D. winterE. wet season

Jawaban : C

33.   We have to keep our tropical forests because they provide rubber, cocoa and numerous pharmaceuticals. The underlined word means ........A. many kinds ofB. a lot ofC. various

D. usefulE. important

Jawaban : B

34.   Melting rock, steam and gas escape from time to time with explosive force through the ........ of the mountain..A. topB. footC. slope

D. craterE. valley

Jawaban : A

35.   There are various ways to prevent ........ such as by using IUD.A. pregnancyB. diseaseC. fertility

D. marriageE. infertility

Jawaban : A

36.   Tom  : "I didn't see your brother when I visited you yesterday." Bob  : "He ........ his bike in the garage."A. repaired D. has repaired

B. is repairingC. was repairing

E. would repair

Jawaban : C

37.   Mr. Rodolf  : "Did you throw those letters away ?"Jabu            : "Yes. sir. Should they ........ again ?"Mr. Rodolf  : "Of course. They are confidential letters."A. collectB. collectedC. collecting

D. be collectedE. been collected

Jawaban : A

38.   Our laboratory ........ school is provided ........ modern equipment.A. in - byB. at - withC. at - for

D. in - toE. at - by

Jawaban : B

39.   The soil is fertile. You can cultivate it. The combination of the two sentences is : The soil is ......A. fertile enough to cultivateB. fertile to cultivate enoughC. fertile enough to cultivate it

D. enough fertile to cultivateE. fertile enough for cultivating

Jawaban : C

40.   Susy : "I wonder why Ani didn't pass the entrance test."Mira : "She would have passed if she ........ enough time"Susy : "I see. She was not well prepared, then."A. hasB. hadC. has had

D. had hadE. would have

Jawaban : A

41.   X : "How long have you lived in Lampung ?" Y : "Well, by January next year I ........ there for 3 years."A. liveB. will livedC. will he living

D. will have livedE. have been living

Jawaban : D

42.   All the articles are very boring in today's newspaper. There is ........ interesting in it.A. everythingB. somethingC. nothing

D. anythingE. none

Jawaban : C

43.   If only were diligent and polite we would love him. This sentence means that he ........ diligent and polite.A. wasB. was notC. as

D. is notE. will be

Jawaban : B

44.   Tono : "Do you like swimming Anto ?"Anto  : "No, I prefer playing badminton ........ swimming."A. wasB. fromC. than

D. betterE. better than

Jawaban : C

45.   Bill   : "Where is your car, John ?"John : "At the garage, I am having ........ it at the moment."A. repairB. repairingC. to repair

D. being repairedE. repaired

Jawaban : E

46.   John : "Rudy, I hear you've won the first prize the speech contest at your school ! ........ " Rudy: "Thank you !"A. I am happyB. I believe soC. I'm surprised

D. CongratulationsE. It's a pity

Jawaban : D

47.   Salman : "May I borrow your calculator ?" Ron      : "........ there's something wrong with it."A. I apologizeB. I agree with youC. I am afraid you can't

D. I am sorry to hear thatE. I am pleased to hear that

Jawaban : C

48.   Sastra : "Sorry I didn't ring you last night. I had to accompany my mother going to the doctor."Anna   : " ............................... "A. Not to worryB. Right you areC. It's nice to hear it

D. I don't thing you wouldE. It was really surprising

Jawaban : A

49.   Mrs. Yusuf  : "It's already late, Budi hasn't come yet"                     "  .................. something wrong happens to him."Mr. Yusuf    : "Don't worry. He'll be all right."A. I suspectB. I'm afraidC. I don't think

D. I rather doubtE. I very much wish

Jawaban : B

50.   Anna  : I'm very much obliged Nana  : Please, don't mention it. The underlined utterance expresses .......A. apologyB. regretC. surprise

D. sympathyE. gratitude

Jawaban : E

LATIHAN 5

WATER

People need water. We cannot live without water. A person should drink at least eight glasses of water a day. If a person does not drink enough water, he can suffer kidney trouble. A big man should drink more eight glasses a day. In Indonesia many children die of dehydration. This means they die because of lack water in their bodies. So we must make sure that our children drink enough water, especially when they are suffering from diarrhea. At present, many governments of the world are worried about the water supplies in their countries. Fresh water is becoming more and more difficult to get. In many cities where there are many people, the level of water in the underground wells is getting lower and lower. The loss of forests due to erosion or the irresponsible cutting down of trees often means loss of water from wells under the ground. Trees are very important for water preservation. Dams preserve or store the water that many of our towns and cities need. Dams have many functions. They hold back rain water that may result in floods if not checked. They also provide water to irrigate the farms with. People can use the waterfalls of a dam to produce electricity. Electricity gives light and energy to our houses and factories.

1. Paragraph ........ of the above text says that the supplies of fresh water in many countries are

decreasing.

A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D. 4

E. 5

Jawaban : C

2. According to the text above, the statement ........ is not true.

A. It is said that people may survive without water

B. Lack of water in our bodies may cause kidney trouble

C. Man should drink at least eight glasses of water a day

D. It is getting more and more difficult to have fresh water

E. The irresponsible cutting down of trees causes loss of water

Jawaban : A

3. Which of the following does not belong to the functions of a dam ?

A. To irrigate farms

B. To flood the villages

C. To produce electricity

D. To hold back rain water

E. To store or preserve water

Jawaban : B

4. Another source of water is rivers. The word "source" means .......

A. the origin of a thing

B. waste thrown into the rivers

C. the starting point of a river

D. place from which something comes

E. original material for something

Jawaban : D

MARINE LIFE

The word "marine" comes from the Latin word "mare" which means "sea". Marine life means all the animal and plant species that live in the waters of the sea. The geography of the seabed, the floor of the sea, is not so different from that of the land. There are hills, high mountains, valleys, rolling plains and plateaus. Below the low tide mark the bottom of the sea slopes gently downwards to a depth of depth of about 100 fathoms, in the from of a shelf known as the continental shelf. On the surface of the sea there are tiny floating plants and animals, including the eggs and young of larger animals and jelly-fishes, that are called "plankton". The plankton is important because a great many fishes feed on it. Seaweeds live in the shallow waters, no deeper than 50 fathoms as they need fairly strong sunlight to assimilate their food. In China and Japan seaweeds are eater; in Europe carrageen is used for thickening soup and making jellies. The really deep sea is cold and dark because the sunlight cannot penetrate the depths. The pressure in the deep sea is higher than in the shallow water, and the fishes are much more fragile and delicate in appearance than those from parts of the sea where the pressure is lower. Some have large eyes and can see, but others are completely blind.

5. The earth's surface looks almost the same as the bottom of the sea.This sentence is in paragraph .......

A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D. 4

E. 5

Jawaban : D

6. Which of the following statements is not correct according to the text ........

A. Seaweeds need fairly strong sunlight to assimilate their food

B. The pressure in the shallow water is lower than that in the deep one

C. There are no hills, valleys and mountains on the floor of the sea

D. Rolling plains, high mountains and plateaus are found on the seabed

E. All the animal and plant species that live in the sea are called marine life

Jawaban : C

7. Plankton comprises tiny floating plants and animals ........

A. on the seabed

B. on the seashore

C. in shallow waters

D. at the bottom of the sea

E. on the surface of the sea

Jawaban : E

8. The plankton is important because a great many fishes feed on it.The underlined word "it" in paragraph 3 refers to ........

A. the egg

B. plankton

C. a jelly-fish

D. a tiny floating plant

E. the young of larger animals

Jawaban : B

9. The sunlight cannot penetrate the deep sea. The underlines word means ........

A. move to

B. come in

C. see into

D. run into

E. pass through

Jawaban : E

THE MOON LANDING

At 9,50 a.m. West Indonesia Time, on Monday 21st July 1969, the American astronaut Neil Armstrong, made history by becoming the first man to step on the moon. Hundreds of millions of people watched and listened from the planet Earth 240.000 miles away. Armstrong lifted his foot from the landing of his spaceship, the "Eagle", and slowly and carefully pressed it into the moon's surface. Testing his ability to walk in the weak lunar gravity - one sixth of that on earth. He moved slowly in his space suit. He found that he could move easily. With increasing confidence he began to move away from "Eagle". He was greatly surprised to look at his footprints in the soft moon sand. He was so pleased with the new experience that he almost forgot about his task of collecting a small sample of lunar soil, and had to be reminded about it. He collected the sample and put it into a pocket on the left leg of his suit. If he had to leave the moon earlier than planned, this sample would be the only lunar soil that he brought back to earth. Taking a long look at the view around him, Armstrong said, "It's different, but it's pretty out here". Now he was safe on the moon. In twenty minutes his friend Edwin Aldrin would come out of "Eagle" and join him. Armstrong and Aldrin spent only two and a half hours on the moon. Although they spent only a few hours there and ventured no farther that about 200 feet from their landing capsule, they brought back information that provided scientists with many years of research. Lunar module, after leaving the moon, rejoined command module piloted by Michael Collins.

10. Armstrong found that he could move easily on the moon's surface. The idea above can be found in paragraph .......

A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D. 4

E. 5

Jawaban : B

11. .... and had to be reminded about it. ( Paragraph 3 )

The word "it" refers to .......

A. moving slowly

B. wearing a space suit

C. collecting lunar soil

D. moving away from eagle

E. looking at his footprints

Jawaban : C

12. Neil Armstrong almost forgot to collect the sample of the lunar soil because ........

A. he did not know what to do

B. he did not have self confidence

C. he moved slowly on the moon's surface

D. he was very happy with the new experience

E. he moved away from the landing capsule with fear

Jawaban : D

13. The astronauts were ordered to bring back all of the following to the earth except ........

A. the lunar module

B. the command module

C. a sample of lunar soil

D. information for research

E. their footprints in the moon sand

Jawaban : E

14. According to the text above, which statement is not true ?

A. Neil Armstrong and Aldrin were American astronauts

B. In 20 minutes Edwin Aldrin would join Neil Armstrong

C. Millions of people on the earth watched the moon landing

D. Neil Armstrong forgot his task of collecting a small sample

E. Neil Armstrong was greatly surprised to look at his footprints

Jawaban : D

15. "He was so pleased this new experience that he almost forgot to collect a few samples of lunar soil" The word "lunar" means having to do with the ........

A. sun

B. star

C. moon

D. earth

E. space

Jawaban : C

THE SUN AS A SOURCE OF ENERGY

As the supplies of fossil fuels, coal, oil, and gas are running out, scientists have been trying hard to find ways of obtaining other kinds of fuels. They have succeeded in finding one that is very efficient, nuclear fuel. One pound of uranium, for example, produces as much energy as three million pounds of coal. Unfortunately, atomic energy ores will at last run out too. It is a good thing that a source of abundant energy sunlight has been patiently waiting for the scientists. However only a limited amount has so far been used by man. A very old way of using sunlight directly is to make a fire. By using a magnifying glass, sunlight can be concentrated and the resulting heat is enough to start a fire. Solar energy can be used in telephone communications, space technology and farming. Solar batteries have been in experimental use for a number of years to power telephone lines. They are now being used to recharge batteries which power instruments used in space vehicles. Scientists have also succeeded in developing solar pumps that can raise water for irrigation. The sun seems to be an ideal source of energy for a great many uses. Yet to change the abundant sunlight into energy is a different matter. The instruments needed to catch the sun's energy are still very expensive. However, once man succeeds in catching even a small part of that energy, nobody would worry about running out of fossil fuels or uranium ores.

16. Scientists have succeeded in making use of solar energy in farming. The idea can be found in paragraph .......

A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D. 4

E. 5

Jawaban : D

17. Which statement is not true according to the text ?

A. By using a magnifying glass we start a fire

B. Atomic energy ores can't be replaced by anything else.

C. The instruments for catching solar energy are very expensive

D. People are making experiments with solar energy to power telephone lines

E. Scientists made experiments with sunlight because atomic energy

Jawaban : B

18. Why have scientists been making experiment with sunlight ? Because ........

A. there are plenty of fossil fuels

B. uranium is the only nuclear fuel

C. they have succeeded in finding uranium

D. the existing sources of energy are running out

E. a source of abundant energy has been waiting for them

Jawaban : D

19. Explain the use of sunlight in olden times. For ........

A. making fires D. irrigating fields

B. raising water

C. converting energy

E. recharging batteries

Jawaban : A

20. The resulting heat is enough to start a fire. (Paragraph 3 ) The italic words refer to the heat of ......

A. oil

B. coal

C. fire

D. the sun

E. uranium

Jawaban : D

21. The word "abundant" (in paragraph 2) means ........

A. useful

B. careful

C. wasteful

D. grateful

E. plentiful

Jawaban : E

THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM

The human body is made up of countless million of cells. Food is needed to build up new cells and replace parts that are damaged or worn out so that the body can frow. Food is also needed as fuel to provide energy for each cell, so that it can carry out its work properly. However, the food that we take into mouth must be changed into substances that can be carried in the blood to the places where they are needed. This process is called digestion. The first digestive process takes place in the mouth. Some of the food, bread, rice and meat, for example is broken up into small pieces by the action of the teeth, and is mixed with saliva, a juice secreted by glands in the mouth. Saliva is the first of the digestive juice which the blood meets on its way through the digestive system. These juice contain enzyme in saliva is responsible for breaking down carbohydrates.

From the mouth, food passes through the esophagus, into the stomach. Here the digestive juice made by the cells in the stomach wall play their part. The food is mixed with the juices for several hours, and when it is very nearly liquid, it is squeezed through into the small intestine. Here more digestive juices get to work.

22. The idea of paragraph one is about .......

A. the human body

B. the number of cell

C. the function of food

D. the digestive process

E. the damaged parts of the body

Jawaban : C

23. Food is needed to build up new cells and also to provide .......

A. blood

B. energy

C. juice

D. enzymes

E. vitamins

Jawaban : B

24. Which statement is not correct according to the text ........

A. The human body is made up of countless cells

B. Food is needed to provide energy for each cell

C. The first digestive process takes place in the mount

D. Food has nothing to do with the energy needed for each cell

E. The enzyme in saliva is responsible for breaking down carbohydrate

Jawaban : D

25. Food is also needed as fuel to provide energy for each cell, so that it can carry out its work well. (paragraph 1)

"It" in the sentence above refers to .......

A. cell

B. food

C. fuel

D. work

E. energy

Jawaban : A

26. From the mouth, food passes through the esophagus, into the stomach. The word "esophagus" means .......

A. gland which produces juices

B. parts of organs in the stomach

C. food canal between mouth and stomach

D. cells in the stomach which break food

E. food stuffs which have been made liquid

Jawaban : C

People long ago discovered that moving water has power. But for thousands of years, they put this power, only to very simple uses. For instance, by tying logs together, they made rafts that would carry them downstream. Once people discovered that they could compel a stream to turn a water wheal, they next put water power to work grinding wheat. The next development in waterwheels was the turbine. The first person to make a turbine that really worked was a young French engineer. Benoit Foumeyron, in the 1820's. Instead of flat paddles or buckets, the turbine wheel has curved blades that look somewhat like the blades of a ship's propeller. The water flows through these blades as it turn the wheel. The wheel is enclosed in a tub, or housing, with only a small gap between the blades of the turbine and the housing. This every bit of water must pass through the blades and wheeling shaft.

27. We learn from paragraph 3 ........

A. how a turbine works

B. what a turbine cost

C. that moving water has power

D. about the invention of bucket

E. about the uses of moving water

Jawaban : A

28. The word "they" in paragraph 1 and 2 refers to .......

A. logs

B. rafts

C. people

D. simple uses

E. thousands of years

Jawaban : C

29. In a turbine the water flows through the ........ as it turns the wheel.

A. wheel

B. blades

C. buckets

D. turbine

E. flat paddles

Jawaban : B

30. Who was Benoit Foumeyron ?Benoit Fourneyron was .......

A. labourer

B. a developer

C. a scientist

D. the user of turbines

E. the inventor of turbine

Jawaban : E

31. The underlined word "discovered" in paragraph 2 means .......

A. made

B. found

C. opened

D. constructed

E. looked for

Jawaban : B

32.

Look at the picture. This animal uses ....... to defend irselt from the enemy.

A. poison

B. bad smeel

C. tentacles

D. sharp claws

E. ink-like liquid

Jawaban : E

33.

The three boys are very interested in outdoor life. They like ....... most.

A. riding

B. rowing

C. racing

D. cycling

E. driving

Jawaban : D

34. One of the organs of the united Nations Organization is ........ which has to settle international disputes.

A. the General Assembly

B. the Security Council

C. the Trusteeship Council

D. the Economic and Social Council

E. the International Court of Justice

Jawaban : E

35. To complete his study at the university, an undergraduate student has to write a ........ on a special subject.

A. paper

B. thesis

C. transcript

D. description

E. dissertation

Jawaban : B

36. X : Is your mother a teacher of English ? Y : Yes, she is. She ........ it since she was 25

A. teach

B. teaches

C. is teaching

D. was teaching

E. has been teaching

Jawaban : E

37. Harry, don't play with those matches, you'll burn ........

A. myself

B. himself

C. yourself

D. ourselves

E. themselves

Jawaban : C

38. Tuti is very beautiful but her younger sister, Nani is becoming ........

A. most beautiful

B. the most beautiful

C. more beautifully

D. most beautifully

E. more and more beautiful

Jawaban : E

39. We can fix dinner for them here. We can take them to a restaurant. We can also say: ........

A. We can dinner for them and take them to a restaurant

B. If we can fix dinner for them here, we can take them to a restaurant

C. We can fix dinner for them here or take them to a restaurant

D. We can take them to a restaurant but we can fix dinner for them here

E. Because we can fix dinner for them here, we can take them to a restaurant

Jawaban : C

40. Tom : Why is father angry with you, fred ? Ani : What did Tom ask you ?

Fred : He asked me why .......

A. father is angry with me

B. is father angry with you

C. father was angry with me

D. was father angry with me

E. father was angry with you

Jawaban : C

41. If he told the truth, they would forgive him. This sentence means .......

A. He tells the truth so they forgive him

B. He tells the truth, but they cannot forgive him

C. He does not tell the truth, but they forgive him

D. Although he tells the truth, they cannot forgive him

E. He does not tell the truth, so they cannot forgive him

Jawaban : E

42. My friends are of the opinion that people who live in villages are more friendly than those who live in cities. The word "those" refers to .......

A. people

B. cities

C. opinion

D. villages

E. my friends

Jawaban : A

43. Coach : Rina did not succeed in her attempts Trainee : .........................................

A. I did either

B. Either did I

D. I didn't neither

E. Neither didn't I

C. Neither did I

Jawaban : C

44. Every time he meets me, he always complains. I wish he ....... it.

A. won't do

B. didn't do

C. doesn't do

D. hasn't done

E. hadn't done

Jawaban : B

45. Mr. Wardiman : I spent an hour repairing my car but it still didn't work. Mr. Anton : Why didn't you have the mechanic ........ it ?

A. repair

B. repairs

C. repaired

D. to repair

E. repairing

Jawaban : A

46. X : What do you think of this novel ? Y : .......................... X : Yes, I think so. I like it very it very much and I have read it twice.

A. It's boring, isn't it ?

B. It's interesting, isn't it ?

C. It's too expensive, isn't it ?

D. I think it is very expensive, isn't it ?

E. I think it is too hard to understand, isn't it ?

Jawaban : B

47. Leny : Why were you absent yesterday Lili : My grandma passed away. Leny : Oh, I'm sorry to hear that. The last sentence expresses .......

A. regret

B. surprise

C. sympathy

D. agreement

E. disappointment

Jawaban : C

48. X : There is a good film at the Olympic Theatre, .......Y : That would be very nice.

A. Do you ever see it ?

B. Have you ever seen it ?

C. What is the story about

D. Who are the main actors ?

E. What about seeing it tonight ?

Jawaban : E

49. Indra : Alice, have you brought the book you borrowed from me ? Alice : Oh ........ I haven't. I'll bring it tomorrow, OK ?Indra : That's all right.

A. I am glad

B. I am sorry

C. I don't know

D. I am in a hurry

E. I don't remember

Jawaban : B

50. Astrid : Mariam, shall I give you a lift when we go home ? Mariam : ........ I plan to stop in Duta Plaza to buy a new blouse

A. No, thanks

B. Don't help me

C. I'm going home alone

D. I don't want your help

E. I'm afraid to go home with you

Jawaban : A

LATIHAN 6

POLLUTION

It was mentioned earlier that with the increase in our population, clean water has become a problem. Our rivers have polluted by all sorts of waste. There is rubbish from our homes, dangerous pesticides from our farms, and deadly chemicals from our factories. In the days when the population was smaller, people's waste could be useful. It could be turned slowly into citrates and phosphates by the natural action of bacteria and air, and these two substances, are needed by plants and fish. But as the pollution increased, waste become so much and so overwhelming that natural processes could no longer keep the water clean. Many fish have been killed by water pollution. There are many kinds of pollution. They can be grouped into several major classifications, of which we mention here, water pollution and radiation pollution. Air pollution is caused by car engines and by big factories with large chimneys through which dirty air escape. Land pollution can be caused by waste or rubbish such as paper, bottles, plastic, aluminium, scraps, junk, etc. Because of our carelessness and laziness. Our surroundings are very dirty. They are filled with household as well as factory waste. Some waste can be broken down by natural organisms such as bacteria. Rubbish like this is called organic waste. On the other hand, rubbish which cannot be broken down by natural organisms is called inorganic waste. This is more difficult to dispose of and it makes the surrounding very unpleasant to look at.

1. According to the text, deadly chemicals come from our .......

A. farms

B. Homes

D. factories

E. population

C. rivers

Jawaban : D

2. What happened with people's waste in the past ?

A. It could be useful

B. It caused land pollution

C. It killed plants and fish

D. It made the water very dirty

E. It turned slowly into bacteria

Jawaban : A

3. Our surroundings are contaminated because of our bad attitude. You can find this information in paragraph .......

A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D. 4

E. 5

Jawaban : E

4. Which of the following statements is true wording to the text ?

A. All sorts of waste reduce pollution

B. Clean water never because useful for mankind

C. Overwhelming waste kinds of pollution found around us

D. There are many kinds of pollution found around us

E. Inorganic waste can be easily broken down by bacteria

Jawaban : D

5. ......... with the increase in our population ..... , (paragraph 1) The underlined word mean .......

A. much more

B. the whole lot

C. arise in the amount

D. a great quality

E. the whole number

Jawaban : C

GAS FOR FUEL AND LIGHT

The air we breathe contains the gases oxygen and nitrogen, and small quantities of other gases. Every gas consists of molecules of a particular, substance, moving rapidly about. The gases can be changed into liquids, and some even to solids, if they are cooled down enough, times oxygen used in factories for making a very hot flame to cut and weld steel is some times stored and carried about in the liquid state, and solid carbon dioxide, usually called dry ice, is used for keeping ice-cream cold. The kinds of gases used in croakers and gas fires come from three sources. The first kind is made of naphtha, which is a light oil, the second is made from coal, while the third, natural gas, is a almost entirely methane. Geologists believe that natural gas was produced from carboniferous, or coal-bearing rocks. The gas rose into the holes in the sandstone, and was presented from escaping upwards out of the sandstone by a "cap" rock - usually a form of rock salt - which formed a dome over the natural reservoir of gas. In Jakarta and other big cities in Indonesia it is common practice to use gas for cooking. Gas reaches the houses through large underground pipes called gas mains; and smaller pipes called service pipes lead to the gas meters in each houses or building. The meter records how much gas is used. Natural gas and gas from oil has no distinctive smell, so an artificial smell is produced by adding small quantities of concentrated deodorants, to enable people to detect any leak that may occur.

6. Gas reaches the houses through large underground pipes is generally used for .......

A. welding

B. cooking

C. heating .

D. burning

E. detecting

Jawaban : B

7. The ....... paragraph states that air consists of oxygen, nitrogen, and other gases.

A. first

B. second

C. third

D. fourth

E. fifth

Jawaban : A

8. Which of these statements is true according to the text ?

A. Gas can't changed to solids

B. Gas is commonly used by a cook

C. Oxygen can't be used for welding steel

D. Natural gas has a special distinctive smell

E. Air mixes with the gases oxygen and nitrogen

Jawaban : B

9. Paragraph ....... tells you about natural gas which does not smell different from other gases.

A. one

B. two

C. three

D. four

E. five

Jawaban : E

10. The meter records how much gas is used, (paragraph 4) The underlined word means .......

A. says

B. states

D. performs

E. indicates

C. inform

Jawaban : E

THE CENTURY'S GREATEST MAN OF SCIENCE

In 1984, when Albert Einstein was 15, his father lost money and could not support him any longer. Other boys would have left school and stopped studying. Not Albert. He left school for some time, but he later managed to go to a better school, the polytechnic in Zurich, Switzerland. On leaving the institute, he discovered that no one could offer him the kind of job he wanted. At last he found a suitable one at the patent office in Bern. Einstein's task at the patent office was to make an investigation of the new products sent to his office. The job did not require much of Einstein time, so he was able to write scientific articles. He published these in 1905. Scientists were surprised by what he had written. There were even more surprised when they knew that these articles, which could have been written by a university professor, were actually written by an official at a patent office. Investigations were made and it was decided the official should be taken from the patent office and given a more suitable job. A few years later, Einstein became a professor at the University of Zurich. In 1991 he taught in Prague, and later at the polytechnic Institute in Switzerland, where he had been a student. Then he was requested to move to Berlin. Einstein stayed in Berlin for 20 years, from 1913 to 1933. During that period he worked on his famous Theory of Relativity. He gave a simple example, in simple language, to explain the wide of relativity. A man riding on a train drops a stone out of the window. To the man on the train, it seems that the stone follows a straight as it drops. However, to a man outside the train, the path of the stone does not seem straight, it looks . like a parabola. The theory expands those of Newton and Galileo, which are correct only under certain conditions. Einstein made very important contributions in the field of physics. The Nobel Price that he won in 1912 at the age of 42 was no surprise to the scientific world. No scientist beat him in his field. What beat him was time. He died in Princeton in the U.S.A. in 1955. People believed that he was the century's greatest man of science.

11. Why were scientists surprised by what Albert Einstein had written ?

A. The content of the articles were scientific

B. The articles were written by a well-known scientist

C. The articles were written by a university. professor

D. The articles were written by an official at a patent office

E. The articles were enough because they were written by a university student

Jawaban : D

12. Which of the following statement is true according to the text ?

A. Einstein's father was rich enough to support his study ,

B. Einstein's became a professor when he was at the age of 20

C. Like other boys, Einstein left school and didn't continue his study

D. Although his father was poor, Einstein tried hard to continue his study

E. Einstein spent his time working in Polytechnic Institute before teaching in France

Jawaban : D

13. Einstein didn't get a good job easily; but he never gave up trying to get one. This information is found in paragraph .......

A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D. 4

E. 5

Jawaban : B

14. ... a straight path as it drops. (paragraph 4) "It" refers to .......

A. train

B. stone

C. window

D. theory

E. parabola

Jawaban : B

15. Then he was requested to move to Berlin. (paragraph 3) The meaning of the underlined word is .......

A. sent

B. asked

C. forced

D. believed

E. transferred

Jawaban : B

VOLCANOES

A volcano is mountain a surrounding an opening in the earth's crust. Steam, gases, lava, ashes and other materials are forced out almost continuously from an active volcano. A dormant volcano, on the other hand, erupts at long intervals. In an extinct volcano, the crater has long been closed up with cold, solid lava. Our earth was a sphere of gases which slowly cooled off from the outside, forming a thin crust of cold, solid materials, containing hot liquid, magma, and gases. It was the very high pressure of the gases forcing the magma through weak parts in the earth crust that formed volcanoes. There are some 500 volcanoes in our country, of which about 180 are still active. They are found in three rows. The first row stretches over a distance of 7,000 km from North Sumatra, Java, the Northern row of Nusa Tenggara ending up on the island of Saparua near Ambon. The second row runs from Sulawesi through Sangihe as far as the Philippine Islands; while the third runs from Irian to Halmahera. Kalimantan and the Southern islands of Nusa Tenggara, lying outside those rows, are not volcanic. Most of our volcanoes are in Java. The most active one is Mount Merapi at the north of Yogya. The northern part of the crater has a high wall, so in eruptions the lava flows in every direction. the hot lava slowly cools off into what is called "lahar". In he rainy season, when the cools "lahar" on Merapi's slopes is hit by rain it flows down the slopes with great force, destroying everything in its path. The flow of "lahar" mixed with rocks fills up the rivers, while sand covers the fields.

16. An extinct volcano is a volcano that .......

A. is still active

B. has a crater

C. erupts frequently

D. never erupts anymore

E. erupts at long intervals

Jawaban : D

17. What does our earth contain ?

A. Hot substances

B. Sphere of gases

C. Cold solid materials

D. Cool magma and gases

E. Hot liquid, magma, and gases

Jawaban : E

18. When cool lahar flows down the slopes with great force, it severely damages everything in its path. This information is found paragraph .......

A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D. 4

E. 6

Jawaban : E

19. Which of the following statements is true according to the text ?

A. There are about 500 active volcanoes in Indonesia

B. The most active volcano is found in North Sumatra

C. An extinct volcano is a volcano that is no longer active

D. The crater of an active volcano has long been closed up with cold solid lava

E. The row of mountains stretching Kalimantan to Nusa Tenggara are also volcanic.

Jawaban : C

20. ... by rain it flows down .... (paragraph 6) "Flows down" means .......

A. takes down

B. slows down

C. runs down

D. moves down

E. brings down

Jawaban : C

WILDLIFE CONSERVATION

There is reason for the deepest concern about the plight of wildlife in our country. Many rare species are threatened with extinction because of the greed of hunters and game collectors. Orangutans are rarely found in their natural habitat in the forests of Kalimantan and Sumatra, but one can find them in zoos and private menageries all over the word. Ruthless hunters kill innocent in circuses. Tiger's headed decorate walls and floors of rich people's home in distant countries. If things are allowed to continue in this way, it is feared that very soon all wild life will disappear from our forests. Fortunately, the government has now imposed strict laws on hunting. Some areas are designated wildlife reserves where hunters cannot enter. These include Ujungkulon and Pangandaran in West Java, Merubetiri in East Java, and many more in the other islands. Some time ago our newspaper contained reports of elephants which had run amok in the province of Lampung. They had emerged from their abode in the forest and destroyed crops and houses belonging to the villagers. The people could not understand why the beasts had suddenly gone wild. The strange thing was that the animals had not come for food, because having wrought destruction they strange thing was that the animals had not animals had not come for food, because having wrought destruction they returned to the forest. They seemed to have come only to vent their anger. As elephants are protected by law, the people could not kill any of them. The explanation for the elephants, strange behavior is that felt their quiets life had been disturbed by the timber-felling projects and saw-mills set up deep in the forest. The animals felt their domain was being narrowed by man, and so they got angry. Elephants need peace and quiets for their family life. They also need vast areas of land in which to roam. They live in herds, and each herd likes to have its own territory.

21. The hunter's greed can cause the ....... of rare species.

A. reduction

B. extinction

C. execution

D. extension

E. exclusion

Jawaban : B

22. Strict laws are imposed on hunting to conserve wildlife. This information is found in paragraph .......

A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D. 4

E. 5

Jawaban : B

23. What is the right statement according to the text ?

A. We find many orangutans in Sumatra and Kalimantan

B. Cruel hunters kill innocent elephant for their valuable ivory tusks

C. The elephants don't want to live in the forest, any longer

D. The elephants disappeared to the forest any longer

E. The people knew for certain any the elephants had suddenly gone wild.

Jawaban : B

24. They seemed to have come only .... (paragraph 3)"They" refers to .......

A. crepe

B. houses

C. reports

D. elephants

E. newspaper

Jawaban : B

25. Ruthless hunters kill innocent elephants .... (paragraph 1) "Ruthless" means .......

A. merciless

B. senseless

C. helpless

D. careless

E. useless

Jawaban : A

26.

What do you call the part of the body pointed by the arrow .......

A. Skin

B. Calf

C. Heel

D. Knee

E. Thigh

Jawaban : D

27. The ....... is the smallest part of a spacecraft where the astronauts and the instrument package are.

A. nose

B. module

C. rocket

D. stages

E. capsule

Jawaban : E

28. Doctor Fleming discovered that the bacteria was killed by the substance produced by .......

A. cell

B. germ

C. mold

D. liquid

E. antiseptic

Jawaban : C

29. Too many people means that pure water is becoming scarce in many years. The underlined word means .......

A. not available in a large quantity

B. not available in a small quantity

C. not available in a abundant quantity

D. not available in a special quantity

E. not available in an enough quantity

Jawaban : B

30. The ASEAN ....... was made in Bangkok on 8th August 1967.

A. expansion

B. foundation

C. declaration

D. organization

E. participation

Jawaban : D

31. The following words are connected with ecology, except .......

A. air

B. cloud.

C. balance

D. nitrogen

E. environment

Jawaban : D

32. It is hoped that power plants will lead the way to a wider use of solar energy to run machines.

"Run" means .......

A. work

B. hasten

C. move

D. operate

E. change

Jawaban : D

33. Which of the following objects does not need electricity to operate it ?

A. Rice-cooker

B. Table-lamp

C. Hair-dryer

D. Tin-opener

E. Food-mixer

Jawaban : D

34. Passengers should check in one hour before departure time.The underlined word means .......

A. leaving

B. flying

C. boarding

D. starting

E. moving

Jawaban : C

35. One of the ....... of having small families is that parents can give more attention to their children.

A. ways

B. aims

C. effects

D. programmers

E. influences

Jawaban : B

36. The sentences :Ramli comes to see me 30 minutes ago. He is in the living room now, Could be expressed : He ....... for her half an hour.

A. waits

B. waited

C. is waiting

D. was waiting

E. has been waiting

Jawaban : E

37. Agung : Oh, it is a very beautiful big temple ........ ? Agus : In the 16th century Which of the utterances could be used to complete the dialogue above .......

A. When is it built ?

B. When was it built ?

C. When has it been built ?

D. When had it been built ?

E. When was it being built ?

Jawaban : B

38. Father : Did Andi go to the party night ? Mother : Yes, ....... he had a lot of assignments, he insisted on going.

A. as

B. since

C. yet

D. however

E. although

Jawaban : E

39. Badrul said to Siska, "If had a car, I would give you a lift in my car."From Badrul's utterance we know that .......

A. Badrul gives Siska a lift

B. Badrul would give Siska a lift

C. Badrul didn't give Siska a lift

D. Badrul doesn't give Siska a lift

E. Badrul will not give Siska a lift

Jawaban : D

40. Father has just come from the rice field. He is very tired and is lying on the bed now. He ........ all day long.

A. will have worked

B. my have worked

C. can have worked

D. must have worked

E. ought to have worked

Jawaban : D

41. Andi : Have you done the last assignment ? Badu : Not yet, How about you ? Andi : ....... Which of these utterance can be used to complete the dialogue above ?

A. I can't either

B. I don't either

C. I mustn't either

D. I'm not either

E. I haven't either

Jawaban : E

42. Rinto said to Maria, I wish Budi had understood what I said. From Rinto's utterance we know that .......

A. Budi understands what Rinto says

B. Budi understood what Rinto said

C. Budi had understand what Rinto said

D. Budi didn't understand what Rinto said

E. Budi doesn't understand what Rinto said

Jawaban : D

43. Rudy : Which do you prefer, going for a walk or staying at home ? Reny : I think I'd rather ....... at home.

A. stay

B. stayed

C. staying

D. to stay

E. have stayed

Jawaban : A

44. Lidya : Look, mom ! The flowers are getting dry. Mother : Oh, I'll soon get them .......

A. water

B. watered

C. watering

D. being watered

E. to be watered

Jawaban : B

45. Hasan : Have you seen my pen, Budi ? Udin : What did Hasan ask you ? Budi : He asked me whether I .......

A. saw his pen D. have seen his pen

B. had seen your pen

C. had seen my pen

E. had seen his pen

Jawaban : E

46. Mr. Abidin : Ah, Miss Anisah. Sit down please. Can you write business letters in English ? Miss Anisah : Yes, sir. The underlined utterance is used to ask someone's .......

A. ability

B. Opinion

C. suggestion

D. approval

E. hope

Jawaban : A

47. Mono : Can I borrow you dictionary ? Tono : .......................... Which of these utterances can be used to complete the dialogue above ?

A. Thank you

B. That would

C. I don't like that

D. Sure. Here you are

E. I wouldn't say that

Jawaban : D

48. Harry's shoes are already worn out. He has just said to his father that he needs a new pair. He wants to know if his father agrees. What does Harry say to his father ? Harry : "Dad, my shoes are ready worn out. I think need a new pair ......."Which of these expressions can be used to complete Harry's utter lance ?

A. Don't you see them ?

B. Don't you think so?

C. Don't you realize it ?

D. Don't you want them to be utterance ?

E. Don't you have same money to buy them?

Jawaban : B

49. Bakri and Tono have a meeting with Pak Slamet to talk about their plan for the coming holiday. What would they say ?

A. We will go to Tawang Mangu

B. We are going to Ujung Kulon

C. We are quite sure of what to do

D. We intend to go camping at cibubur

E. We are thinking of going to the Taman safari

Jawaban : E

50. Andi : Do you know Elly's phone number ? Iwan : It's 4810 Andi : Really ? Iwan : ....... I phoned her last night.

A. Yes

B. Maybe

C. Sorry

D. Perhaps

E. Probably

Jawaban : A

LATIHAN 7

                                   THE STORY OF THE ALPHABET          The word 'alphabet' contents from alpha, and beta, the first two letters of the Greek system of writing.          The alphabet we know today was first developed by the ancient Egyptians. Their system of writing was called hieroglyphics, which means "priest writing", because the priests were the only people who knew how to write and use it. In this system signs or pictures were

used to show both objects and ideas. So it was a kind of picture writing. Later, the Egyptians also used signs to stand for single letters. They did it like this : The Egyptian word for water was "nu" and the sign for it was a wavy line. Then they used this sign just for the sound "n", the first letter of their word for water.          After that came the Phoenicians, who developed a true alphabet where letter alone were used. They adopted most of the Egyptian letters, but some were quite different. Perhaps the letters were taken from the writing of the Assyrians. The Phoenician alphabet had nineteen letters and contained no vowels.          A great number of nations, including the Greeks, adopted Phoenician alphabet. The Greeks made some changes and added some vowels to it. The Greek alphabet contains twenty-four letters. Some of the letters are the same as we ourselves use, such as the letters N (Nu) and O (omicron).          When the Greeks had finished developing their alphabet, The Romans adopted it. They also made some changes. They added and dropped some letters and altered the shape of others.

1.   What did the signs or pictures of the Egyptian system of writing show ?A. kind of picture writingB. Consonants and vowelsC. How to write and use

D. Objects and ideasE. Single letters

Jawaban : D

2.   The ancient Egyptian system of writing was called ...... which means "priest writing".A. Egyptian lettersB. hieroglyphicsC. Phoenician

D. Greek systemE. alphabet

Jawaban : B

3.   Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?A. The Phoenician alphabet contains no vowelsB. The Greek alphabet was adopted by the RomansC. The Roman alphabet contains twenty three lettersD. It was the ancient Egyptians who first developed the alphabetE. Many countries used the Roman alphabet because they liked itJawaban : C

4.   Their system of writing was called hieroglyphics, which means "priest writing", because the priests were the only people who knew how to write and use it. (paragraph 2)."It" in the above sentence refers to .......A. writingB. systemC. alphabet

D. hieroglyphicsE. system of writing

Jawaban : D

5.   The Romans also adopted the Phoenician alphabet but dropped some letters and altered

the shape of others. The underlined word in the above sentence means .........A. usedB. tookC. changed

D. omittedE. shortened

Jawaban : D

                                                 TANAH TORAJA          The Toraja are descendants of immigrants who entered Indonesia a long long time ago from South China. They believe in ancestral worship, and one of the customs that is still practiced today is the "death feast". A deceased person is not buried immediately, but kept in a coffin called "tongkonan" for as long as two years. The corpse is treated as though still among the living and offered food and drink. This practice comes to an end only when the burial ceremonies have taken place.          The preparations for a funeral take a long time and cost a lot of money. People need at least one year to prepare the "death feast" and to notify the relatives about the forth coming ceremonies. These preparations also take account of which social class the deceased belonged to, because only the members of the top and second classes are entitled to the most elaborate funeral ceremonies. On the other hand, members of the lowest classes are not permitted to hold such ceremonies, even though they may have reached high positions in society during their lifetimes.          The Toraja society recognizes three social classes, namely the highest class or "tokapua", to which belong the landlords and people in traditional leadership positions, the second class or "tomakako", to which belong smaller land owners and people in the middle class positions, and the common people or "tobuda", to which belong the manual-workers and the sharecroppers. The highest class makes up 5%, the second 25%, and the lowest 70% of the population, which according to the 1972 census numbered 316.986.

6.   The Toraja stop offering food and drink to the dead person after .......A. the person diedB. the burial ceremoniesC. one year preparation

D. two year preparationE. the forth coming ceremonies

Jawaban : B

7.   Why are the lowest classes not permitted to hold elaborate funeral ceremonies ?A. They are manual workersB. They are share croppersC. They are lower classes

D. They are smaller landownersE. They are strict to their customs

Jawaban : E

8.   There are three social classes in the Toraja society. This idea is mentioned in paragraph ........A. IB. 2C. 3

D. 1 and 2E. 1 and 3

Jawaban : C

9.   On the other hand, ... even though they may ... (paragraph 2).What does they in the above sentence refer to ?A. The members of the top classesB. The members of the second classesC. The members of the lowest classesD. Elaborate funeral ceremoniesE. Such funeral ceremoniesJawaban : D

10.   A deceased person is not buried immediately. The following words/phrases have the same meaning as the underlined word, except ......A. quicklyB. at onceC. directly

D. right nowE. right away

Jawaban : D

                                                  CUT NYAK MEUTIA          Cut Nyak Meutia was one of Indonesia's national heroines who fought bravely against the Dutch and who lost her life at the front in Aceh, North Sumatera. Her struggle is closely interwoven with the history of the Acehnese and their fight against the Dutch colonial government. Ever since the Dutch set foot in Aceh they had met with resistance and enmity from the entire population. Up to 1871 the authority of the Aceh Sultanate had been preserved and acknowledged by the outside world, including the west. But the Dutch had been waiting for an opportunity to crush that authority and to make Aceh part of the Dutch East Indies, like the test of the archipelago.          Cut Nyak Meutia was daughter of Teuku Ben Daud, a promirent leader and fighter. It is no wonder (bat Cut Nyak Meutia followed in her father's footsteps, because from an early age site fought bravely along with the men on the guerrilla war front. Site was married to Teuku Syamsarif was sympathetic to the Dutch, and uninterested in the plight of the Acehnese. As a devout          Muslim she could rot fight as a single woman because that would have been improper. Therefore she married Teuku Cut Muhammad, her first husband's younger brother, who was the opposite in character to his brother. Together with her second husband she crossed rivers, went down ravines, climbed mountains and crawled in the forests in guerrilla warfare against the Dutch. The couple led the revoit which exhausted the Dutch and the Acehnese alike. Exaspemted, the Dutch decided to put an end to this by resorting to trickery.          One day Teuku Cut Muhammad was invited by the Dutch Military Commander to conte for 'peace talks'. Muhammad accepted the invitation with high hopes, but while he was talking to a Dutch officer he was arrested. The death penalty was passed, but Muhammad was offered the opportunity of freedom if he apologized to the Dutoh. Teuku Cut Muhammad refused so the date was set for the execution.

11.   Cut Nyak Meutia was divorced from Teuku Syamsarif because ........A. they had no child

B. site didn't love himC. site had a second husbandD. he was sympathetic to the DutchE. her father was a promirent leader while SyarifJawaban : D

12.   What had the Dutch met since they set foot in Aceh ........A. Refusal and hatred from the AcehneseB. Sympathetic attitude from the leaderC. Good cooperation from the Aceh peopleD. Acknowledgement of the AcehneseE. The plight of the AcehneseJawaban : A

13.   Which of the following statement is not true according to the text?A. Teuku Ben Daud was Cut Nyak Meutia's fatherB. Cut Nyak Meutia fought against the AcehneseC. Teuku Syamsarif was Cut Nyak Meutia first husbandD. Cut Nyak Meutia was killed in a fight against the DutchE. The Dutch resorted to a trick to arrest Teuku Cut MuhammadJawaban : B

14.   The First paragraph tells us that ....A. the Dutch had a strong wish to occupy AcehB. the Dutch had met loyal acceptance in AcehC. Aceh became part of the Dutch in the very beginningD. the Dutch played a trick to the AcehneseE. the Dutch offered the opportunity of freedomJawaban : A

15.   Teuku Syamsarif was uninterested in the plight of the Acehnese. (paragraph 2).The underlined word means ....A. sufferingB. crueltyC. ill-manner

D. resistanceE. authority

Jawaban : E

                                         MARKS TWAIN          His real name was Samuel Langhorn Clemens. His father died when he was still a child and his family was poor. One needs a living to live. He was forced to leave school and work with a small newspaper as an apprentice. He liked his job, but he wanted very much to write articles. "If only I were given the chance to write for this newspaper", he often wished: His wish came true when use day the editor of the newspaper was absent. In his absence, Sam had the chance to write. He wrote humorous things about the people of his, town. Humorous articles followed. The first articles made people angry; they thought the author made fun of them. It didn't take long, however, for them to realize that the articles meant no

harm and indeed were very entertaining. As for Sam, the success of chose early articles made him realize that he had a talent for writing. Thus the way to world fame had been opened up.          Besides writing, adventure was another thing which deeply attracted Sam. The desire to have adventures made him travel a lot and led him to different kinds of jobs as he travelled from one place to another. He went to New York three years after his first article, and loud a job on a newspaper. Then be vient to Philadelphia, where be also worked on a newspaper.          He enjoyed the work in Philadelphia, but the call for adventure again took him away from his job. He returned to Missouri. This time be didn't work with a newspaper but became a steamboat pilot instead. It was on this steamboat that his imagination was fed with the experiences necessary for his latter literary works. Much of that be wrote later was actually the kind of life that he had lived before. He was aisle on his steamboat that be picked up the words "Mark Twain" for his per-naine later. The words, which were used by men on the steamboat to report the depth of the water, meant "two fathoms deep".

16.   What did  Mark Twain do after leaving school ?A. He wrote articles for a newspaperB. He worked with a small newspaperC. He worked on a steamboatD. He wrote humorous articlesE. He worked in New YorkJawaban : B

17.   Samuel travelled a lot because ....A. he wanted to become a steamboat pilotB. he has written his first articlesC. he enjoyed different workD. he liked adventures very muchE. he needed a better lifeJawaban : D

18.   Which one of the statement is not true according to the test?A. Front his first articles, Sam knew that he had a talent for writingB. The articles Sam wrote made the people of this town entertainedC. Sam's pen-name was taken from the measurement used to report the depth of water.D. After working as a steamboat pilot, Sam wrote a lot about his own experienceE. Sam's success in writing started when he was absent from his work in a small

newspaperJawaban : E

19.   Being inexperienced, Samuel was ... to a job on a newspaper with low wages.A. apprenticedB. entertainedC. desired

D. picked upE. trained

Jawaban : A

20.   The desire to have adventure made Mark Twain travel a lot.

The underlined word means ....A. needB. wishC. will

D. wantE. talent

Jawaban : B

                                                       WATER

          Water is an essential component of all  living malter. The body itself consist of more than 70%  water. Water is necessary for weathering processes that convert rock to soil and for the transport for us against the harmful radiations from outer space and the chilling temperatures at night. Water is so much a part of our daily lives that we take all this for granted, we drink it, wash with it, use it to dispose of our waste products and for countless other domestic purposes.          The widest use of water in some countries is for irrigation. The farmers grow rice extensively to satisfy the need for this staple food. With the programmes priority to increase rice production, the heavy use of water for agriculture will continue in the future.          Industry depends on water. The manufacture of foodstuffs, textiles, piper-marking, steel industries and the production of thermal power are enormous water consumers.          Water sources can be classified as either surface water or ground water. Surface water originates from two main sources, rivers and rainfall which act as the sources of water in urban areas. Rain water falling on land areas partly infiltrates the earth's surface and is partly intercepted by plants, white some evaporates. Water collected in lakes, swamps streams and rivers can be used to provide an urban water supply.          It is a natural tendency to think of our water supply in terms of surface water, but the amount available art any given time in.streams, lakes and rivers is less than 3%. The largest amount, more than 97%a is ground water. Therefore ground water resources still serve as the major source.          With the growing demand for clean water we have to look for new sources. In addition to spring water, Indonesian cities at present obtain water through the purification of surface water, by means of deep wells, and in some instance also from shallow wells. Jakarta and Bandung are examples of chies that obtain additional water from deep wells. Madiun gets water from a battery of shall Wells, at depths varying from 8 to 17 metres.

21.   What is the use of water for plants !A. For weathering processesB. For disposing of waste productsC. For the chilling temperatures at nightD. For the transportation of soil nutrientsE. For protection for the radiations from other spaceJawaban : D

22.   The first paragraph talks about ....A. the body that consists of lots of waterB. water that can change into soilC. water that can be in the form of vapour

D. the danger of water for human beingsE. the importance of water for human beingsJawaban : E

23.   Which of the statement is not true according to the text ?A. Water can be used for recreationB. We need more water for agricultureC. Rainfall is the biggest resource of waterD. Surface water comes from rivers and rainfallE. Technological advances can make more water availableJawaban : C

24.   ..... is another way to get clean water in big cities.A. Making damsB. Water purificationC. Collecting rainfall

D. Making irrigationE. Water Supply

Jawaban : B

25.   Steel industries and the production of thermal power are enormous water consumers.The underlined word means ........A. a large number ofB. a small number ofC. a number of

D. littleE. lack of

Jawaban : A

26.   The head of a university is a ....A. head masterB. lecturerC. rector

D. deanE. clerk

Jawaban : C

27.   There are a lot of cars for visitors to ... if they want to travel around the City.A. driveB. findC. buy

D. catchE. hire

Jawaban : E

28.   A Buddhist priest will sprinkle  holy water on to the couple. The word 'sprinkle' means ....A. pourB. throwC. spray

D. showerE. spread

Jawaban : C

29.   Look at the picture !

What is the name of this kind of sport ?A. Long jumpB. Shot putC. Hurdles

D. High jumpE. Pole vault

Jawaban : D

30.   If you open a savings account, you will get ... on your money.A. loanB. creditC. check

D. investmentE. interest

Jawaban : E

31.   Jane : Where's Budi? John : Sorry, he's not here. I think he ... TV in the living roomA. watchB. watchesC. watched

D. is watchingE. will watch

Jawaban : D

32.   The tiger is climbing ........ the tree.

A. atB. onC. up

D. intoE. over

Jawaban : C

33.   Barri : Can I borrow your English bock, Yanti? Yanti : Sure. But when ....?A. was it returnedB. will it been returnedC. has it been returned

D. is it being returnedE. had it been returned

Jawaban : B

34.   .......... Mr. Hasan decided not to buy the watch.A. If he had a lot of money,B. Although he had only little moneyC. Whereas he had got plenty of money,D. Because he had already spent a lot of money,E. Since be had already got a lot of money,Jawaban : D

35.   Mr. Rudi, ... house is near mine, will go to America.A. whoseB. which

D. thatE. Who

C. whomJawaban : A

36.   Teacher: Why don't you answer my question, Didi ? Didi : Well, I would answer the question if I knew it.From the dialogue we know that Didi ....... , the answer.A. had knownB. doesn't knowC. didn't know

D. knewE. knows

Jawaban : B

37.   Albert didn't go to school yesterday. He had a toothache. He ... have gone to the dentist.A. mustB. couldC. should

D. willE. can

Jawaban : A

38.   Father : Which one do you want for your birthday present, Ria, a pair of shoes or a dress?Ria : I'd rather have a dress than a pair of show.From the dialogue we know that Ria ....A. prefers to have a dress than a pair of shoesB. prefers a dress than a pair of shoesC. prefers a dress to a pair of shoesD. prefers have a dress to a pair of shoesE. prefers having;a dress than a pair of shoesJawaban : C

39.   The women over there is my dancing teacher.Dancing teacher means ....A. the teacher's danceB. the teacher who teaches dancingC. the teacher whose hobby is dancingD. dancing is the teacher's favouriteE. the teacher who enjoys dancingJawaban : B

40.   Father : Have you done your homework?Ali : Yes, father. Rudi : What did your father say, Ali ?Ali He asked me whether I ... my homeworkA. had doneB. have doneC. hadn't done

D. haven't doneE. have been doing

Jawaban : A

41.   Rina : "I'd like to go on sighiseeing this afternoon. What about you, Rini?           Will you accompany me'?"Rini : ... what time shall we start?"A. Yes, sureB. Excuse meC. Not at all

D. Forgive meE. See you later

Jawaban : A

42.   X : Oh, Tom! Are you working here ? Y : Yes, I have been working here for three weeks.X : ! Oh! Really ? The underlined utterance expresses ....A. agreementB. surpriseC. dislike

D. regretE. wish

Jawaban : B

43.   X : Oh, hello! You don't look too well. What's the matter? Y : Well, actually I've got a bad headache.X : That's ton bad. You'd better take some aspirin. The underlined utterance is normally used, to express ....A. sympathyB. surpriseC. regret

D. adviceE. wish

Jawaban : D

44.   John has to do the task but he forgot to bring his pen. Then he asks his friend for permission to use his pen.Which of the following utterances does not expresspermission ?A. May 1 use your pen?B. Could I use your pen?C. Mind if I use your pen?D. I wonder if I could borrow your pen?E. Do you know that I need your pen?Jawaban : E

45.   Dina : "It's very hot in this room, isn't it ?" Tuty : "..., Budi?"A. Would you be so kind as to open the windowB. How can you open the windowC. Will you open the windowD. Didn't yen open the windowE. Do you open the windowJawaban : C

LATIHAN 8

                                   THE STORY OF THE ALPHABET          The word 'alphabet' contents from alpha, and beta, the first two letters of the Greek system of writing.          The alphabet we know today was first developed by the ancient Egyptians. Their system of writing was called hieroglyphics, which means "priest writing", because the priests were the only people who knew how to write and use it. In this system signs or pictures were used to show both objects and ideas. So it was a kind of picture writing. Later, the Egyptians also used signs to stand for single letters. They did it like this : The Egyptian word for water was "nu" and the sign for it was a wavy line. Then they used this sign just for the sound "n", the first letter of their word for water.          After that came the Phoenicians, who developed a true alphabet where letter alone were used. They adopted most of the Egyptian letters, but some were quite different. Perhaps the letters were taken from the writing of the Assyrians. The Phoenician alphabet had nineteen letters and contained no vowels.          A great number of nations, including the Greeks, adopted Phoenician alphabet. The Greeks made some changes and added some vowels to it. The Greek alphabet contains twenty-four letters. Some of the letters are the same as we ourselves use, such as the letters N (Nu) and O (omicron).          When the Greeks had finished developing their alphabet, The Romans adopted it. They also made some changes. They added and dropped some letters and altered the shape of others.

1.   What did the signs or pictures of the Egyptian system of writing show ?A. kind of picture writingB. Consonants and vowelsC. How to write and use

D. Objects and ideasE. Single letters

Jawaban : D

2.   The ancient Egyptian system of writing was called ...... which means "priest writing".A. Egyptian lettersB. hieroglyphicsC. Phoenician

D. Greek systemE. alphabet

Jawaban : B

3.   Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?A. The Phoenician alphabet contains no vowelsB. The Greek alphabet was adopted by the RomansC. The Roman alphabet contains twenty three lettersD. It was the ancient Egyptians who first developed the alphabetE. Many countries used the Roman alphabet because they liked itJawaban : C

4.   Their system of writing was called hieroglyphics, which means "priest writing", because the priests were the only people who knew how to write and use it. (paragraph 2).

"It" in the above sentence refers to .......A. writingB. systemC. alphabet

D. hieroglyphicsE. system of writing

Jawaban : D

5.   The Romans also adopted the Phoenician alphabet but dropped some letters and altered the shape of others. The underlined word in the above sentence means .........A. usedB. tookC. changed

D. omittedE. shortened

Jawaban : D

                                                 TANAH TORAJA          The Toraja are descendants of immigrants who entered Indonesia a long long time ago from South China. They believe in ancestral worship, and one of the customs that is still practiced today is the "death feast". A deceased person is not buried immediately, but kept in a coffin called "tongkonan" for as long as two years. The corpse is treated as though still among the living and offered food and drink. This practice comes to an end only when the burial ceremonies have taken place.          The preparations for a funeral take a long time and cost a lot of money. People need at least one year to prepare the "death feast" and to notify the relatives about the forth coming ceremonies. These preparations also take account of which social class the deceased belonged to, because only the members of the top and second classes are entitled to the most elaborate funeral ceremonies. On the other hand, members of the lowest classes are not permitted to hold such ceremonies, even though they may have reached high positions in society during their lifetimes.          The Toraja society recognizes three social classes, namely the highest class or "tokapua", to which belong the landlords and people in traditional leadership positions, the second class or "tomakako", to which belong smaller land owners and people in the middle class positions, and the common people or "tobuda", to which belong the manual-workers and the sharecroppers. The highest class makes up 5%, the second 25%, and the lowest 70% of the population, which according to the 1972 census numbered 316.986.

6.   The Toraja stop offering food and drink to the dead person after .......A. the person diedB. the burial ceremoniesC. one year preparation

D. two year preparationE. the forth coming ceremonies

Jawaban : B

7.   Why are the lowest classes not permitted to hold elaborate funeral ceremonies ?A. They are manual workersB. They are share croppersC. They are lower classes

D. They are smaller landownersE. They are strict to their customs

Jawaban : E

8.   There are three social classes in the Toraja society. This idea is mentioned in paragraph ........A. IB. 2C. 3

D. 1 and 2E. 1 and 3

Jawaban : C

9.   On the other hand, ... even though they may ... (paragraph 2).What does they in the above sentence refer to ?A. The members of the top classesB. The members of the second classesC. The members of the lowest classesD. Elaborate funeral ceremoniesE. Such funeral ceremoniesJawaban : D

10.   A deceased person is not buried immediately. The following words/phrases have the same meaning as the underlined word, except ......A. quicklyB. at onceC. directly

D. right nowE. right away

Jawaban : D

                                                  CUT NYAK MEUTIA          Cut Nyak Meutia was one of Indonesia's national heroines who fought bravely against the Dutch and who lost her life at the front in Aceh, North Sumatera. Her struggle is closely interwoven with the history of the Acehnese and their fight against the Dutch colonial government. Ever since the Dutch set foot in Aceh they had met with resistance and enmity from the entire population. Up to 1871 the authority of the Aceh Sultanate had been preserved and acknowledged by the outside world, including the west. But the Dutch had been waiting for an opportunity to crush that authority and to make Aceh part of the Dutch East Indies, like the test of the archipelago.          Cut Nyak Meutia was daughter of Teuku Ben Daud, a promirent leader and fighter. It is no wonder (bat Cut Nyak Meutia followed in her father's footsteps, because from an early age site fought bravely along with the men on the guerrilla war front. Site was married to Teuku Syamsarif was sympathetic to the Dutch, and uninterested in the plight of the Acehnese. As a devout          Muslim she could rot fight as a single woman because that would have been improper. Therefore she married Teuku Cut Muhammad, her first husband's younger brother, who was the opposite in character to his brother. Together with her second husband she crossed rivers, went down ravines, climbed mountains and crawled in the forests in guerrilla warfare against the Dutch. The couple led the revoit which exhausted the Dutch and the Acehnese alike. Exaspemted, the Dutch decided to put an end to this by resorting to trickery.          One day Teuku Cut Muhammad was invited by the Dutch Military Commander to

conte for 'peace talks'. Muhammad accepted the invitation with high hopes, but while he was talking to a Dutch officer he was arrested. The death penalty was passed, but Muhammad was offered the opportunity of freedom if he apologized to the Dutoh. Teuku Cut Muhammad refused so the date was set for the execution.

11.   Cut Nyak Meutia was divorced from Teuku Syamsarif because ........A. they had no childB. site didn't love himC. site had a second husbandD. he was sympathetic to the DutchE. her father was a promirent leader while SyarifJawaban : D

12.   What had the Dutch met since they set foot in Aceh ........A. Refusal and hatred from the AcehneseB. Sympathetic attitude from the leaderC. Good cooperation from the Aceh peopleD. Acknowledgement of the AcehneseE. The plight of the AcehneseJawaban : A

13.   Which of the following statement is not true according to the text?A. Teuku Ben Daud was Cut Nyak Meutia's fatherB. Cut Nyak Meutia fought against the AcehneseC. Teuku Syamsarif was Cut Nyak Meutia first husbandD. Cut Nyak Meutia was killed in a fight against the DutchE. The Dutch resorted to a trick to arrest Teuku Cut MuhammadJawaban : B

14.   The First paragraph tells us that ....A. the Dutch had a strong wish to occupy AcehB. the Dutch had met loyal acceptance in AcehC. Aceh became part of the Dutch in the very beginningD. the Dutch played a trick to the AcehneseE. the Dutch offered the opportunity of freedomJawaban : A

15.   Teuku Syamsarif was uninterested in the plight of the Acehnese. (paragraph 2).The underlined word means ....A. sufferingB. crueltyC. ill-manner

D. resistanceE. authority

Jawaban : E

                                         MARKS TWAIN          His real name was Samuel Langhorn Clemens. His father died when he was still a

child and his family was poor. One needs a living to live. He was forced to leave school and work with a small newspaper as an apprentice. He liked his job, but he wanted very much to write articles. "If only I were given the chance to write for this newspaper", he often wished: His wish came true when use day the editor of the newspaper was absent. In his absence, Sam had the chance to write. He wrote humorous things about the people of his, town. Humorous articles followed. The first articles made people angry; they thought the author made fun of them. It didn't take long, however, for them to realize that the articles meant no harm and indeed were very entertaining. As for Sam, the success of chose early articles made him realize that he had a talent for writing. Thus the way to world fame had been opened up.          Besides writing, adventure was another thing which deeply attracted Sam. The desire to have adventures made him travel a lot and led him to different kinds of jobs as he travelled from one place to another. He went to New York three years after his first article, and loud a job on a newspaper. Then be vient to Philadelphia, where be also worked on a newspaper.          He enjoyed the work in Philadelphia, but the call for adventure again took him away from his job. He returned to Missouri. This time be didn't work with a newspaper but became a steamboat pilot instead. It was on this steamboat that his imagination was fed with the experiences necessary for his latter literary works. Much of that be wrote later was actually the kind of life that he had lived before. He was aisle on his steamboat that be picked up the words "Mark Twain" for his per-naine later. The words, which were used by men on the steamboat to report the depth of the water, meant "two fathoms deep".

16.   What did  Mark Twain do after leaving school ?A. He wrote articles for a newspaperB. He worked with a small newspaperC. He worked on a steamboatD. He wrote humorous articlesE. He worked in New YorkJawaban : B

17.   Samuel travelled a lot because ....A. he wanted to become a steamboat pilotB. he has written his first articlesC. he enjoyed different workD. he liked adventures very muchE. he needed a better lifeJawaban : D

18.   Which one of the statement is not true according to the test?A. Front his first articles, Sam knew that he had a talent for writingB. The articles Sam wrote made the people of this town entertainedC. Sam's pen-name was taken from the measurement used to report the depth of water.D. After working as a steamboat pilot, Sam wrote a lot about his own experienceE. Sam's success in writing started when he was absent from his work in a small

newspaperJawaban : E

19.   Being inexperienced, Samuel was ... to a job on a newspaper with low wages.A. apprenticedB. entertainedC. desired

D. picked upE. trained

Jawaban : A

20.   The desire to have adventure made Mark Twain travel a lot.The underlined word means ....A. needB. wishC. will

D. wantE. talent

Jawaban : B

                                                       WATER

          Water is an essential component of all  living malter. The body itself consist of more than 70%  water. Water is necessary for weathering processes that convert rock to soil and for the transport for us against the harmful radiations from outer space and the chilling temperatures at night. Water is so much a part of our daily lives that we take all this for granted, we drink it, wash with it, use it to dispose of our waste products and for countless other domestic purposes.          The widest use of water in some countries is for irrigation. The farmers grow rice extensively to satisfy the need for this staple food. With the programmes priority to increase rice production, the heavy use of water for agriculture will continue in the future.          Industry depends on water. The manufacture of foodstuffs, textiles, piper-marking, steel industries and the production of thermal power are enormous water consumers.          Water sources can be classified as either surface water or ground water. Surface water originates from two main sources, rivers and rainfall which act as the sources of water in urban areas. Rain water falling on land areas partly infiltrates the earth's surface and is partly intercepted by plants, white some evaporates. Water collected in lakes, swamps streams and rivers can be used to provide an urban water supply.          It is a natural tendency to think of our water supply in terms of surface water, but the amount available art any given time in.streams, lakes and rivers is less than 3%. The largest amount, more than 97%a is ground water. Therefore ground water resources still serve as the major source.          With the growing demand for clean water we have to look for new sources. In addition to spring water, Indonesian cities at present obtain water through the purification of surface water, by means of deep wells, and in some instance also from shallow wells. Jakarta and Bandung are examples of chies that obtain additional water from deep wells. Madiun gets water from a battery of shall Wells, at depths varying from 8 to 17 metres.

21.   What is the use of water for plants !A. For weathering processesB. For disposing of waste productsC. For the chilling temperatures at nightD. For the transportation of soil nutrients

E. For protection for the radiations from other spaceJawaban : D

22.   The first paragraph talks about ....A. the body that consists of lots of waterB. water that can change into soilC. water that can be in the form of vapourD. the danger of water for human beingsE. the importance of water for human beingsJawaban : E

23.   Which of the statement is not true according to the text ?A. Water can be used for recreationB. We need more water for agricultureC. Rainfall is the biggest resource of waterD. Surface water comes from rivers and rainfallE. Technological advances can make more water availableJawaban : C

24.   ..... is another way to get clean water in big cities.A. Making damsB. Water purificationC. Collecting rainfall

D. Making irrigationE. Water Supply

Jawaban : B

25.   Steel industries and the production of thermal power are enormous water consumers.The underlined word means ........A. a large number ofB. a small number ofC. a number of

D. littleE. lack of

Jawaban : A

26.   The head of a university is a ....A. head masterB. lecturerC. rector

D. deanE. clerk

Jawaban : C

27.   There are a lot of cars for visitors to ... if they want to travel around the City.A. driveB. findC. buy

D. catchE. hire

Jawaban : E

28.   A Buddhist priest will sprinkle  holy water on to the couple. The word 'sprinkle' means ....

A. pourB. throwC. spray

D. showerE. spread

Jawaban : C

29.   Look at the picture !

What is the name of this kind of sport ?A. Long jumpB. Shot putC. Hurdles

D. High jumpE. Pole vault

Jawaban : D

30.   If you open a savings account, you will get ... on your money.A. loanB. creditC. check

D. investmentE. interest

Jawaban : E

31.   Jane : Where's Budi? John : Sorry, he's not here. I think he ... TV in the living roomA. watchB. watchesC. watched

D. is watchingE. will watch

Jawaban : D

32.   The tiger is climbing ........ the tree.

A. atB. onC. up

D. intoE. over

Jawaban : C

33.   Barri : Can I borrow your English bock, Yanti? Yanti : Sure. But when ....?A. was it returnedB. will it been returnedC. has it been returned

D. is it being returnedE. had it been returned

Jawaban : B

34.   .......... Mr. Hasan decided not to buy the watch.A. If he had a lot of money,B. Although he had only little moneyC. Whereas he had got plenty of money,D. Because he had already spent a lot of money,E. Since be had already got a lot of money,Jawaban : D

35.   Mr. Rudi, ... house is near mine, will go to America.A. whoseB. which

D. thatE. Who

C. whomJawaban : A

36.   Teacher: Why don't you answer my question, Didi ? Didi : Well, I would answer the question if I knew it.From the dialogue we know that Didi ....... , the answer.A. had knownB. doesn't knowC. didn't know

D. knewE. knows

Jawaban : B

37.   Albert didn't go to school yesterday. He had a toothache. He ... have gone to the dentist.A. mustB. couldC. should

D. willE. can

Jawaban : A

38.   Father : Which one do you want for your birthday present, Ria, a pair of shoes or a dress?Ria : I'd rather have a dress than a pair of show.From the dialogue we know that Ria ....A. prefers to have a dress than a pair of shoesB. prefers a dress than a pair of shoesC. prefers a dress to a pair of shoesD. prefers have a dress to a pair of shoesE. prefers having;a dress than a pair of shoesJawaban : C

39.   The women over there is my dancing teacher.Dancing teacher means ....A. the teacher's danceB. the teacher who teaches dancingC. the teacher whose hobby is dancingD. dancing is the teacher's favouriteE. the teacher who enjoys dancingJawaban : B

40.   Father : Have you done your homework?Ali : Yes, father. Rudi : What did your father say, Ali ?Ali He asked me whether I ... my homeworkA. had doneB. have doneC. hadn't done

D. haven't doneE. have been doing

Jawaban : A

41.   Rina : "I'd like to go on sighiseeing this afternoon. What about you, Rini?           Will you accompany me'?"Rini : ... what time shall we start?"A. Yes, sureB. Excuse meC. Not at all

D. Forgive meE. See you later

Jawaban : A

42.   X : Oh, Tom! Are you working here ? Y : Yes, I have been working here for three weeks.X : ! Oh! Really ? The underlined utterance expresses ....A. agreementB. surpriseC. dislike

D. regretE. wish

Jawaban : B

43.   X : Oh, hello! You don't look too well. What's the matter? Y : Well, actually I've got a bad headache.X : That's ton bad. You'd better take some aspirin. The underlined utterance is normally used, to express ....A. sympathyB. surpriseC. regret

D. adviceE. wish

Jawaban : D

44.   John has to do the task but he forgot to bring his pen. Then he asks his friend for permission to use his pen.Which of the following utterances does not expresspermission ?A. May 1 use your pen?B. Could I use your pen?C. Mind if I use your pen?D. I wonder if I could borrow your pen?E. Do you know that I need your pen?Jawaban : E

45.   Dina : "It's very hot in this room, isn't it ?" Tuty : "..., Budi?"A. Would you be so kind as to open the windowB. How can you open the windowC. Will you open the windowD. Didn't yen open the windowE. Do you open the windowJawaban : C

LATIHAN 9

                                       HOW TO STAY HEALTHY       "A healthy mind in a healthy body". That is the motto of every athlete in the word. People can be happy only if they are healthy. There are several important things we must do in order to stay healthy. First, we must get enough regular physical exercise. Second, we must live in a clean house. Third, we must have enough time to rest. Rest is an important physical exercise. And fourth, we must eat adequate quantities of nutritious food. Good food is very important for keeping our body healthy, Food which contains a lot of nutriments is always good or our body. Nutriments are used by our body for energy, growth and for building new body tissues. Nutriments are of five important groups: proteins are the most important nutriments for young people. Proteins also rebuild worn-out body tissues. We can acquire proteins from meat, chicken, peas, beans, coconuts, eggs and milk.       Carbohydrates are as important as proteins, because they are the main source if energy. The body needs energy to do its work. Carbohydrates are found in flour, bread, cake, rice, potatoes, cassava, corn , sugar and sweets.       Fats are another important source of energy, We can find fats in butter, margarine, milk, coconut-milk, eggs, fish, meat and ice-cream. However, too much fat can make our body fat and this is dangerous for our heart. It can cause heart attacks.       Mineral salts such as calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, and iron are also absolutely necessary for our body. For instance, calcium, magnesium and phosphorus are necessary for the growth of our bones and teeth. Iron is important for our blood.       Vitamins are important for our health. The body cannot make its own vitamins, so it depends on our food for these. We must eat food which contains a lot vitamins, such as vegetables and fruit. They help the body to absorb other nutrients in food. Vitamins control our digestion.

1.   Too much ........ is not good for our health especially our heart.A. fatB. proteinC. vitamin

D. mineralE. carbohydrate

Jawaban : A

2.   The main source of energy is carbohydrates.It's informed on paragraph ........A. 1B. 2C. 3

D. 4E. 5

Jawaban : B

3.   Which of these statements is true according to the text ?A. Proteins are not needed by our bodyB. Vitamins are important for our bloodC. Calcium can be found in carbohydratesD. Too much fat can make our body healthyE. Nutriments are needed to keep our body healthyJawaban : E

4.   What do we get much from vegetables and fruit ?A. fatsB. proteinsC. vitamins

D. mineralsE. carbohydrates

Jawaban : C

5.   "Protein also rebuild worn out body tissues". ( Paragraph 1) The underlined phrase means ........A. tiredB. brokenC. repaired

D. damagedE. destroyed

Jawaban : D

                                                         VOLCANOES       In Indonesia, mudflows have been the major cause of destruction and loss of human life during volcanic catastrophes and landslides. Another kind of disaster which calmed victims, but which was not directly caused by volcanic eruptions, happened at the Dieng Plateau, Central Java. February 1979 : two eruptions and poisonous, suffocating gases caused the death of 149 people.       Disasters in the past may have been caused by ground movements and tectonic earthquakes which are often inherent in volcanic outbursts. Examples of these are the earthquakes in Bali in 1963, which took place after the eruption of the Agung volcano, and the earthquake in West Java in the 1960s, caused by the Salak volcano, So far, a direct relationship between tectonic earthquakes and volcanic eruptions has not been observed.       Tectonic earthquakes may also be the cause of Tsunamis. This phenomenon occurred during the Krakatau catastrophe in 1883, and caused the death of the people living in the coastal areas that this earthquake was caused by sea waves, which in turn were the result of the collapse of the Krakatau volcano into the sea. This explosion was are of the most violent eruptions in historic times, and its collapse formed a caldera in the seabed.       The menace of volcanoes in general is grater than that of other natural disasters. If an eruption occurred in the Toba region, for example, where floatable deposits are found in great quantity, it would entail a catastrophe. In such cases man is powerless.       Volcanic eruptions, besides clamming thousands of lives and causing loss of property and damage to villages, are on the other hand, beneficial to agriculture. The ash they produce is responsible for the fertile soil around active volcanoes.       Volcanoes, with their craters, lakes and solfataras are places of interest for local as well as foreign tourists. Volcanic rock is used in the manufactures of building materials, and volcanic heat is capable of generating electricity.

6.   When did the most violent eruptions of volcano happen ? It happened in ........A. 1883B. 1949C. 1960

D. 1963E. 1979

Jawaban : A

7.   The main idea of paragraph 5 is ........A. The benefits of volcanic eruptionsB. The ash produced by active volcanoesC. the fertile soil around active volcanoesD. The disasters caused by volcanic eruptionsE. The damaged villages around active volcanoesJawaban : A

8.   The collapse of the Krakatau volcano had caused a big hole on the ........A. coatB. craterC. seabed

D. groundE. plateau

Jawaban : C

9.   Which statement is not true according to the text ?A. Volcanoes do not only cause disastersB. The mudflow is one of the dangerous natural disastersC. Tsunamis may also be caused by tectonic earthquakesD. Poisonous, suffocating gases are dangerous but not killing peopleE. There was an earthquake after the explosion of the Agung volcanoJawaban : D

10.   "Volcanoes, with their craters, lakes and solfataras are places of interest for local as well as foreign tourists."  'solfataras' means ........A. hot materialB. water vapourC. hot mineral's

D. poisonous gasesE. hot sulfurous water

Jawaban : E

                                              AIR POPULATION       Every day both industrial and domestic chimneys emit vast amounts of dirt and harmful gases. The exhaust fumes from thousands of car engines add to this huge volume of filth.       Sulphur dioxide, Produced mainly by the burning of coal and oil, combines with the moisture of the air to for sulphuric acid. This eats away stone, brick and even metal. Doctors reason that if it can do this, it must damage the lungs of people who breathe it, especially over a period of many years.       Usually the effects of air pollution are not instantly noticeable. Occasionally, though, there have been catastrophic "smogs". (The word smog is a combination of smoke and fog). One of these occurred in the town of Donora, Pennsylvania, in the U.S.A. The valley in which the town lies traps the smoke and fumes from the steelworks and chemical plants that fill it. One day, in October 1948, unusual weather conditions prevented the smog from lifting by the afternoon, as it normally did. Instead, it hung over the town for three days. By the end of the third day, nearly 6000 people were ill. More than 60 percent of those aged 65 and over were seriously ill. 20 people died. At last a heavy rain shower cleared the smog.       One of the chief causes of air pollution in many cities is the internal combustion engine.

Cars, lorries, and buses give out the gas called carbon monoxide, which in high concentrations can kill a person in a confined apace. Cars also throw into the air fine particles of rubber and asphalt from their tires and the road, and particles of asbestos from their brake-linings. These can cause damage to the lungs when breathed in.       Another source of pollution is the nuclear power stations which produce a great amount of poisonous radioactive waste. This waste must be sealed up and buried beneath the ground or seabed so carefully that there is no danger of leakage. Some scientists are very worried that we are not being careful enough with nuclear waste. It may not all be buried safely. Also, they fear there may be a serious accident at a nuclear power station, releasing deadly radiation into the air.

11.   According to the text, stone, brick, metal can be worn away by ........A. damp airB. harmful gasesC. sulphuric acid

D. sulphur dioxideE. Chemical process

Jawaban : C

12.   "The bad result of air pollution can't be seen immediately." is in paragraph ........A. 1B. 2C. 3

D. 4E. 5

Jawaban : C

13.   Why did many people in Donora die and get seriously ill ?A. They had been suffering from sickness for along timeB. They were trapped in the steelwork and chimneys of their houseC. They smelled the gas coming from the chimneys of their houseD. They had breathed the fumes of factories that hung over the townE. They worked in the steelwork and chemical plants without using masksJawaban : B

14.   Which of the following sentences is not true according to the text ?A. Smoke and fumes are air pollutantsB. Particles off asbestos are harmless to human beingsC. Harmful gases are produced by industrial and domestic chimneys.D. There is a possibility that a nuclear power station releases deadly radiations into the

airE. The people of Donora were not aware of the existing of the unlisted smog in their

townJawaban : E

15.   "The valley in which ........ and chemical plants that fill it." (paragraph 3) The word "it" refers to ........A. fogB. smogC. town

D. valleyE. smoke.

Jawaban : C

                                      WILD LIFE CONSERVATION       There is reason for the deep concern about the plight of wildlife on our country. Many rare species are threatened with extinction because of the greed of hunters and game collectors. Orang utans are rarely found their natural habitat in the forests of Kalimantan and Sumatera, but one may find them in zoos and private menageries all over the world. Ruthless hunters kill innocent elephants for their valuable ivory tusks or catch them alive to perform in circuses. Tigers hides decorate walls and floors of rich people's home in distant countries.       It is feared that if things are allowed to continue in this way, very soon all wildlife will disappear from our forest. Fortunately, the government has now imposed strict laws on hunting. Some areas are designated wildlife reserves where hunters cannot enter. Theses include Ujung Kulon and Pangandaran in west Java. Merubetiri in East Java, and many more on the other islands.       Some time ago our newspapers contained reports of elephants which had run in the province of Lampung. They had emerged from their abode in the forest and destroyed crops and houses belonging to the villagers. The people could not understand why the beasts had suddenly gone wild. The strange thing was that the animals had not come for food, because having wrought destruction they returned to the forests. They seemed to have come only to vent their anger. As elephants by law, the people could not kill any of them.       The explanation for the elephants strange behavior is that they felt their quite life had been disturbed by the timber feeling projects and saw mills set up deep in the forest. The animals felt their domain was being narrowed by man, and so they got angry. Elephants need peace and quiet for their family life. They live in herds, and each like to have its own territory.       Now the government has driven the elephants back into the forests, away from any village or lumber-mill. By shooting and shooting in the air the people drove the great beasts to a new abode in the district of Air Sugihan. It is hoped that they will feel at home there, and can live in peace and quiet.

16.   Why do hunters kill tigers ?A. To prevent other destructionsB. To protect other animalsC. To create a quiet

D. To vent their angerE. To get their hides

Jawaban : E

17.   Strict laws are imposed on hunting to ........ wildlife.A. trapB. driveC. destroy

D. reduceE. conserve

Jawaban : E

18.   The reason why the elephants behaved strangely can be found in paragraph ........A. 1B. 2C. 3

D. 4E. 5

Jawaban : D

19.   Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?A. Our government forbids the hunters to enter wildlife reserves.B. Elephants emerged from their abode because they needed foodC. Elephants are protected by law so nobody is allowed to kill them.D. Elephants live in herds and each herd likes to have is own territory.E. Orangutans can live peacefully in the forests of Kalimantan and Sumatera.Jawaban : B

20.   A hard of elephants had emerged from their abode in the forest of Lampung. The underlined word means ........A. come inB. come toC. come on

D. come outE. come across

Jawaban : D

21.   Look at the picture !

The ........ of the box is 480 cubic meters or 480,000 litres.A. depthB. widthC. volume

D. heightE. length

Jawaban : C

22.   Galileo invented an instrument which enabled him to see distant things looking larger and nearer. The instrument is called a ........A. bioscopeB. periscopeC. telescope

D. microscopeE. stethoscope

Jawaban : C

23.   What do you call a young person who is no longer a child ?A. A manB. An adultC. An infant

D. A grown upE. An adolescent

Jawaban : E

24.   "Even during the Japanese occupation we did not cease our effort to achieve national independence", Soekarno said.Cease means .......A. doB. stopC. start

D. leaveE. make

Jawaban : B

25.   The discovery of penicillin led to the development of the antibiotics such as streptomycin, amphycilin etc. The closest meaning of the underlined word is ........A. resulted inB. produced inC. motivated by

D. influenced byE. carried through

Jawaban : A

26.   He was greatly surprised to look at his footprints in the soft moon sand. The antonym of the underlined word is ........A. hardB. smoothC. water

D. liquidE. empty

Jawaban : A

27.   The following are the duties of the police except ........A. breaking lawsB. preventing crimesC. regulating traffic

D. arresting thievesE. protecting people

Jawaban : A

28.   An ambassador is a person who heads the embassy and ........ his government in diplomacy or diplomatic affairs.A. managesB. controlsC. improves

D. developsE. represents

Jawaban : E

29.   Look at the picture

The arrow points to the ........A. liverB. lungsC. intestine

D. pancreasE. stomach

Jawaban : C

30.   To change the voltage of an electric current we use a ........A. fuseB. plugC. switch

D. generatorE. transformer

Jawaban : E

31.   Which of these words doesn't belong to food and drink ?A. juiceB. desertC. omelet

D. porridgeE. refreshment

Jawaban : B

32.   My brothers has been ........ from law School for two years, but he is still unemployed.A. awardedB. finishedC. educated

D. examinedE. graduated

Jawaban : E

33.   He began teaching at SMA 3 in 1990. He ........ there for 6 years in that school this year.A. teachB. teachesC. taught

D. had taughtE. has taught

Jawaban : E

34.   When I arrived home, my parents ........ TV.A. watchedB. have watched

D. were watchingE. have been watching

C. were watchingJawaban : D

35.   The students may to use their dictionaries during the test. The sentence above means, They are ........ to use their dictionaries during the test.A. allowedB. orderedC. obliged

D. advisedE. asked

Jawaban : A

36.   John said that ........ the keyA. I did not findB. he did not find iC. I had not found

D. he had not foundE. he has not found

Jawaban : D

37.   Brian : How did you solve the problem, John ? John  : I did it ........A. as you suggestedB. because I knew what to doC. since nobody could solve itD. although it was very difficultE. whenever you wanted me toJawaban : A

38.   If I were rich, I could go around the world. The sentence means ........A. I am rich, so I can go around the world.B. I can go around the word because I am richC. I am rich, so I want to go around the worldD. I am not rich, so I can't go around the worldE. I am not rich, but I can go around the worldJawaban : D

39.   The children went to school by taxi but they arrived late. The taxi driver ........ have taken them around.A. mayB. mustC. could

D. shouldE. ought to

Jawaban : B

40.   It is very dark. We cannot see ........A. allB. nothingC. anything

D. somethingE. everything

Jawaban : C

41.   I Would rather watch TV than listen to the radio. The sentence above means that ........A. I like both but I like watching TV moreB. I like both but I like listening to the radio moreC. I like watching TV as well as listening to the radioD. I like watching TV but I don't like listening to the radioE. I don't like watching TV but I like listening to the radioJawaban : A

42.   Greis : I didn't see Rizal the whole day yesterday. Dot   : The medicine which the doctor gave had kept him ........ all day yesterday.A. sleepB. sleptC. sleeps

D. sleepingE. to sleep

Jawaban : D

43.   Nadi  : Is your father at home ? Rudy  : No He is out to have the car cleaned. From the dialogue above we can conclude that ........A. Rudy will clean the carB. Nadi wants to clean the carC. Father himself cleans the carD. Father asks Rudy to clean the carE. Father asks someone to clean the carJawaban : E

44.   Yad   :  ........ about losing your pencil I borrowed yesterday.Nevi  : It doesn't matter. I still have another one.A. I'm sureB. I'm sorryC. I don't care

D. I don't mindE. I could't tell you

Jawaban : B

45.   Andy : It's hot in this room. May I open the door ? Budi  : Certainly. In the dialogue above, Andi is asking for Budi's ........ to open the door.A. opinionB. intentionC. agreement

D. permissionE. information

Jawaban : D

LATIHAN 10

          In the 1990s, the astronomer Edwin Hubble found that stars exist in huge groups, called galaxies. It was only about seventy years ago that astronomers who were taking

pictures of the heavens noticed some vague, cloud like formations on their photographic plates. It was thought that there were near clouds of gases. But as larger, more accurate telescopes were constructed, the 'gases' turned out to be something far more surprising galaxies.          Galaxies, is a vast, rotating group of stars, gas and dust. Galaxies have been called' island universes', because each one of them is indeed like a universe. The earth, the sun, which is actually a star and other planets of our solar system are tiny parts of our galaxy, which. is called the 'MILKY WAY". This name comes from the Greek word galaxies which means “milky way".          Our Milky Way galaxy is, only of a "normal size". Yet it is very vast, containing about one hundred billion (thousand million) stars including the planets of our solar system and other materials such as gases and Oust. The diameter of our galaxy is so fast as the speed of light (about three million per second), it would take you a hundred thousand years to cross it. How many kilometers is that ? Well, since light travels about nine and half trillion (million) kilometers in a year, multiply that by 100.000 yard, you have the answer: our galaxy the Milky Way, is about 950 quadrillion kilometers in diameter. (A quadrillion is the number I followed by fifteen zero)

1.   When did the astronomers learn that the 'gases' they saw were actually galaxies ?A. When they studied the cloud like formations.B. After more accurate telescopes were constructed.C. When the astronomers were taking pictures of the heavensD. When Hubble found that the stars exist in huge groups.E. Seventy years before Hubble found that the stars exist in huge groups.Jawaban : B

2.   A person who is an expert in outer space objects is called an ........A. astronautB. astrologerC. astronomer

D. archeologistE. anthropologist

Jawaban : C

3.   Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?A. Milky Way contains about one hundred billion a starsB. An astronomer, Edwin Hubble, found galaxies in the 1900s.C. The diameter of our galaxy is about 950 quadrillion kilometersD. It would take a thousand years to cross the diameter of our galaxyE. Stars and other planets of our solar system are called the Milky WayJawaban : B

4.   Paragraph 3 tells about the ........A. the exact size of the planetsB. the estimated size of the galaxyC. the diameter of our solar systemD. the number of stars in the milky wayE. the amount of gases and dust in the galaxy

Jawaban : B

5.   "The earth, the sun, which is actually a star and other planets of our solar system are tiny parts of our galaxy, which is called the "MILKY WAY ".(Paragraph 2) The underlined word means very ........A. separateB. simpleC. small

D. slightE. scarce

Jawaban : C

6.   "It was only about seventy years ago that astronomers who were taking pictures of the heavens noticed some vague, cloud-like formations on their photographic plates." (Paragraph 1) 'vague' means ........A. not clearB. very darkC. quite accurate

D. hard to believeE. difficult to recognize

Jawaban : A

          The Greek word "tele" means "far off". Telecommunications refer to long-distance communications by radio, telegraph, telephone, and television. Most of today's long distance communication are electronic.          Telecommunication is very fast because the sound and picture signals travel as electric currents along wires, radio waves through the air and space, or light waves along glass fiber. Radio waves and signals travel almost as fast. Telephone and radio networks use communication satellites orbiting in space high above the earth.          Telecommunication system is any set of devices and techniques employed for the long distance transmission of voice, facsimile, data, teleprinter, or television signals. All telecommunication systems operate according to the same basic principles. They differ from each other chiefly in the specific types of information handled and the media over which they are transmitted. Familiar examples of such system are radios, televisions, telephones, telegraphs and computer-based data exchange or retrieval systems. In most cases, telecommunication systems transmit information via wire, radio, or space satellite.

7.   Telecommunication is very fast because ........A. the long distance communication is electronicB. the information is transmitted to distant placesC. the sound and picture signals travel like electric currentsD. all the systems are operated according to the same basic principleE. the communication satellites are orbiting in space high above the earthJawaban : C

8.   Which statement is true according to the text ?A. Telephone networks are exchanging dataB. Telephones meet you with someone far awayC. Radio networks transmit sounds and picturesD. Communication is just signaling information

E. Telephones enable us to make worldwide communication.Jawaban : E

9.   The topic of the second paragraph is ........A. how the satellite orbits in spaceB. how the sound and pictures travelC. the use of communication satellitesD. how radio waves and signals travelE. reasons why telecommunication is very fastJawaban : E

10.   Which of the following sends messages received from machines in other places ?A. RadioB. TelegraphC. Telephone

D. TelevisionE. Teleprinter

Jawaban : C

11.   "Telecommunication system is any set of devices and techniques employed for the long distance transmission of voice, facsimile, data, teleprinter, or television signals.," (Paragraph 3). The underlined word means ........A. InstalledB. OperatedC. Produced

D. AppliedE. Made

Jawaban : B

12.   "Familiar example of such systems are radios, televisions, telephones, telegraphs, and computer-based data exchange or retrieval systems." (Paragraph 3) "systems" means ........A. WaysB. DevicesC. Networks

D. StructuresE. Arrangements

Jawaban : B

          The shopping mall, like most ambitious developments in the retail business; originated in the USA. Essentially, the shopping mall is large building which contains many shops under one roof. Inside, the shopping mall looks like a small town with walkways or streets and along these streets are the shops, cafes and restaurants to suit every taste.          The ordinary streets in a city or town have been built for a number of purposes to allow people to move rapidly from one place to another, to allow to enter their houses, to provide places where buses stop, etc.          The shopping mall streets, on the other hand, have only one purpose-to assist shoppers to move from one shop to another in comfort. Everything in the mall is designed for one purpose only, to encourage people to buy-to shop until drop from exhaustion.          The negative side of shopping malls is that many shoppers spend more money than they intend. The, attractive shop windows tempt shoppers into buying something they do not

really need. Shopping malls encourage what is called 'impulse buying' you see a dress in an attractive shop window, and without thinking whether or not you need another dress, you buy it on impulse. Afterwards you say to yourself, "I don't know why I bought that dress; I don't even like it now! The answer is that you couldn't resist the temptation of the shopping mall and modern retailing techniques.

13.   One thing that people buy things they really do not need is ...........A. the attractive shop windowsB. the desire of spending moneyC. the design of the shopping mallD. the good facilities of the malls,E. the atmosphere in the shopping mallJawaban : A

14.   Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?A. All shoppers do a lot of impulsive buyingB. The city streets are different from the shopping mall streets.C. A shopping mall resembles-a small town with walkways or streets.D. The shopping mall tempts shoppers to linger around and buy thingsE. The shopping mall streets have various functions to assist shoppersJawaban : E

15.   Paragraph 3 tells us about .............A. the situation in the shopping mallB. haw the things displayed to attract shoppersC. the relaxing atmosphere in the shopping mallD. how the shoppers move from one shop to another.E. the purpose of building streets in the shopping mallJawaban : E

16.   What is the aim of building walkways or streets inside the shopping mall ?A. To make the shoppers feel at a small townB. To encourage the shoppers to spend their moneyC. To make the shoppers buy things they don't needD. To make the shoppers shop until they get very tiredE. To enable shoppers to move from one shop to anotherJawaban : B

17.   "The shopping mall streets, on the other hand have only one purpose to assist shoppers to move from one shop to another in comfort." (Paragraph 2). The underlined word means to ........A. LetB. Ask.C. Help

D. AdmitE. Access

Jawaban : C

18.   The attractive shop windows tempt shoppers to ." (Paragraph 4) The underlined word means ........A. AskB. UrgeC. Invite

D. AttractE. Influence

Jawaban : D

                     HYDROPONICS FARMING WITHOUT SOIL          Hydroponics is not a new process. As long ago as 1690, an English physician tried growing plants in water in a laboratory experiment. In 1800 some German researchers used the method to develop many of the formula for plants nutrient solutions which are still in use today. About a generation ago hydroponics moved out of the research laboratory into commercial use. In 1936 a Californian physiologist. WF Gerick, published guidelines for hydroponics agriculture.          One of the leading companies in the field of hydroponics is Hydroponics Incorporated of Glendale, Arizona. It operates about 200 greenhouses on a 48 hectare site. It produces more than 2,7 million kilograms of fruit and vegetables each year mostly tomatoes, but also cucumbers, lettuces and melons. Crop yields are excellent: for example each mature tomato plant produces an average of 12.1 kilos of fruit in a year of two growing cycles. This compares with about 9 kilos for two crops of the average soil grown plant.          Everything is carefully controlled in the greenhouses : the temperature, the humidity, and the air circulation. wind, hail, frost, drought, weeds and insects are all excluded.          A hydroponics farm operated by the government of Kuwait produces fresh tomatoes at a desert site near the capital city. At Puerto Penasco, Mexico, and on Adiyat Island in Abu Dhabi, experimental hydroponics farms use sea water that is desalinated by special installations located on the coast.

19.   The main idea of paragraph 1 is  ........A. Hydroponics has developed since 1690B. Hydroponics is already used for commercial useC. New technique of growing plants have been foundD. A new technique of growing plants is being developedE. German researches have been involved in hydroponicsJawaban : C

20.   The topic of paragraph two is ........A. Hydroponics Incorporated of GlendaleB. The quality of the Incorporated productC. The advantages of growing plants in waterD. Various products of Hydroponics Incorporated of GlendaleE. The greenhouse owned by Hydroponics Incorporated's greenhouseJawaban : D

21.   Which of the following statements is true according to the text ?A. Vegetables can be planted in desert areaB. The crop yields in Mexico and Abu Dhabi are very good

C. It is impossible to use sea water in hydroponics farmsD. The researchers stopped their experiments for about a generationE. Wind, frost, weeds, and insects are carefully controlled in the green houseJawaban : E

22.   The hydroponics farming in Arizona is more ........ than the soil farming.A. SuitableB. ValuableC. Effective

D. BeneficialE. Adaptable

Jawaban : D

23.   It is understood that since 1690 hydroponics system had been undergoing ........ for more than a generation.A. TrialsB. ChangesC. Expansions

D. DevelopmentsE. Improvements

Jawaban : D

24.   "About a generation ago hydroponics moved out of the research laboratory into commercial use." (Paragraphs 1) "Research" means a detailed ........A. StudyB. AnalysisC. Discussion

D. ExplorationE. Description

Jawaban : D

       In the 7th century A.D paper folding was brought to Japan. The Japanese ....(25).... many of China's arts and crafts into their own  ....(26).... of folding paper. They found new method of how to make ....(27).... forms and images and made origami a highly creative art.       From a few simple folds the Japanese make very beautiful forms ....(28).... the real ones. Some are used as religious symbols to ....(29).... the temples. Others are good-luck symbols, such as the tortoise, and lobster, which are ....(30).... as ornaments to gifts.

25.   A. IncreasedB. DevelopedC. Enlarged

D. ImprovedE. Expanded

Jawaban : D

26.   A. IllustrationB. ImaginationC. handicraft

D. ExpressionE. Creation

Jawaban : E

27.   A. TinyB. LuckyC. Costly

D. HighlyE. Lovely

Jawaban : E

28.   A. WithB. AndC. For

D. AsE. Or

Jawaban : D

29.   A. EquipB. DesignC. Polish

D. CherishE. Decorate

Jawaban : E

30.   A. TakenB. UsedC. Given

D. ChangedE. Presented

Jawaban : B

31.   Hardware of a computer is anything related to the ........ of a computer.A. MemoryB. CapacityC. Processing

D. ConstructionE. Instructions

Jawaban : D

32.   Entertainments like Betawi traditional dances or plays are greatly promoted to attract tourists. The underlined word means things which give ........A. HostilityB. PleasureC. Happiness

D. FriendshipE. Hospitality

Jawaban : B

33.   Rury   : "What may the farmers in your area do instead of growing crops ?"Didin  : "They raise livestock."'Livestock' means the animals that are kept ........A. In a cageB. On a farmC. In a cave

D. In a fieldE. In a stable

Jawaban : B

34.   You should listen to the weather ........ if you want to enjoy swimming at the beach.A. AnnouncementB. ExplanationC. Observation

D. BroadcastE. Forecast

Jawaban : E

35.   Buyer  : Well, I'll take this cabinet but How can I get it home ?

Trader : Don't worry. I'll ........ to your house. I can order them now.A. To deliver itB. Have delivered itC. Have to delivered it

D. Have my men deliver itE. Have asked to deliver it

Jawaban : D

36.   Bobby   : Why do we have to keep our house neat and clean, Mom ? Mother  : To keep ourselves healthy Father    : What did Bobby ask you ? He asked ........ their house neat and clean.A. Whether they have to keepB. Did they have to keepC. Why they have to keep

D. Why they had to keepE. If they had to keep

Jawaban : D

37.   Rita : Hi Rin. Have you finished your english paper ?         It's is too difficult for me : I can't do it.Rini : Let's do it together.Rita : O.K.In the dialogue above Rita expresses her ........A. ImpatienceB. UncertaintyC. Incapability

D. DisappointmentE. Dissatisfaction

Jawaban : C

38.   Rony  : Would you like me to switch on the light ?           It's very dark herePeter : Yes, please.The underlined expression means ........A. Rony offers to switch on the lightB. Rony has Peter switch on the lightC. Peter ask Rony to switch on the lightD. Rony ask Peter to switch on the lightE. Peter wants to help Rony switch on the lightJawaban : A

39.   X  : Excuse me. You might not see the notice over there       We are not allowed to smoke here. Y  :   ........ I really did not see itA. It's my faultB. I'm terribly sorryC. I wish I could smoke

D. I know what you meanE. It's not yet

Jawaban : A

40.   X  :  Do you remember Mary ?         She was killed in the car accident 1976

Y  :  ........ no body told me about it.A. That's all rightB. I beg your pardonC. I wish I could see her

D. I am sorry to hear thatE. I am delighted to know it

Jawaban : D

41.   Anton : Rob, It is a holiday tomorrow.             What about camping with our classmates ? Roby  : I'd love to but I think I can't.             I have to help mother at home. The underlined expression means that ........A. Anton doesn't go campingB. Roby is not able to go campingC. Roby will go camping with themD. Anton doesn't want Roby to go camping with themE. Anton allows Roby to go camping with their classmatesJawaban : B

42.   Andi  : Have you ever been to the Pancasila Sakti Museum ?Budi  : Oh, yes I've been there twice.Andi  : It's a great museum, isn't it ?Budi  : Yes, I hope people will never forget the violence of the communist in our country.Andi  : I hope so.From the dialogue we know that Andi ........A. Reminds us of the violence of the communistB. Expects there won't be any violence in IndonesiaC. Expect there will be another museum to remind the Indonesian peopleD. Thinks the Indonesian people will remember the violence of the communist.E. Expects the museum will remind the Indonesian people of the communist's violenceJawaban : E

43.   Principal : Do you think they will be succeeded in the final exams ? Teacher  : I can't say that for sure. From the dialogue we conclude that the teacher feels ........ whether his students will succeed in the final exams.A. WorriedB. UnhappyC. Hopeless .

D. UncertainE. Disappointed

Jawaban : D

44.   Khaterina : Hallo, I am Khaterina, a new student ........ ? Lisa         : Oh, sure. Please take a sentA. May I sit hereB. May I use your penC. May I know your name

D. Could I borrow your bookE. Can you tell me your name

Jawaban : A

45.   Rita  : Tom can you speak Japanese ? Tom : I wish I could. It's really difficult. From the dialogue we know that Tom ........ speak Japanese.A. CannotB. Did notC. Has not

D. Will notE. Doesn't want to

Jawaban : A

46.   She ........ her medicine when I visited her in the hospital.A. Was takingB. Is takingC. Will take

D. TakesE. Took

Jawaban : A

47.   Hiroko gets anxious to see Indonesia. If ........ she can soon leave for Indonesia.A. She would get a visaB. She could get a visaC. She will get a visa

D. She gets a visaE. She got a visa

Jawaban : D

48.   Mechanical farming urges that tractors ........ to plough rice-fields instead of manual power.A. May be usedB. Can be usedC. Would be used

D. Are to be usedE. Ought to be used

Jawaban : B

49.   I don't have any ........ to the idea of using our national production as the quality is not bad at all.A. ChoiceB. CommentC. Refusal

D. ObjectionE. Suggestion

Jawaban : D

50.   The money you borrow from a bank is called a ........A. BillB. LoanC. Fund

D. DepositE. Interest

Jawaban : B

51.   The cutting down of trees in the forest by ........ entrepreneurs has caused floods in many parts of the country. They don't care about the result.A. IrresponsibleB. Uneducated

D. AbnormalE. Sensible

C. IrrationalJawaban : A

52.   Kartini passed away when she was 25 years old. "passed away" means ........A. WentB. DiedC. Left

D. CeasedE. Vanished

Jawaban : B

53.   DR. Alexander Flemming is known as the ........ of penicillin.A. MakerB. FounderC. Inventor

D. DiscovererE. Experimenter

Jawaban : C

54.   Rudy : Wait, the water might not be able to flow because of the trash.            Let me check the trench. Roy   : ............. ! It's slippery there.A. Handle with careB. Take good careC. You must care

D. Be carefulE. Careful

Jawaban : D

55.   Attending his son's inauguration, Abdullah could not help saying." Son, you look great, and I've never been so happy before." He said that because he ....... his son.A. Was shocked byB. Was praised byC. Was admired

D. Was proud ofE. Was fond of

Jawaban : D

LATIHAN 11

       People can do a lot about the conditions in which they live. They should refrigerate food properly when necessary and they should not leave food lying around because it may attract insects and rats. To avoid these pests, the proper care of garbage is also very important. Careful housekeeping is extremely important to sanitation and good health. People should keep all parts of the house neat and clean. They should scrub bathrooms and kitchens often.

1.   The topic of the above paragraph is about ........A. the problem of insectsB. healthy condition at homeC. the danger of insects and ratsD. the importance of clean bathroomsE. the necessity of having a refrigeratorJawaban : B

2.   The main idea of the above paragraph is ........A. We should clean and scrub the floor everydayB. Rats and garbage are the main causes of diseaseC. Rats and insects must be kept away from the house.D. Healthy conditions are very important for our healthE. People use refrigerators to prevent food from turning bad.Jawaban : D

        Mexico City is growing very fast. In 1970 the city had about nine million people. Now it has over 17 million. All these people who mostly come from the country are causing the problems for the city. There are not enough jobs. Also, there is not enough housing. Large families have to live together in very small homes. Many homes do not have water. They also do not have bathrooms or electricity. In addition, the air of Mexico City is dirty and unhealthy. The smoke from the factories and cars pollutes the air of the city. All these problems make the government work hard to make life better in the city.

3.   The topic of the above paragraph is about ........A. the problems of Mexico CityB. the growing population in MexicoC. the reason why country people like the cityD. the poor and the unemployed in Mexico CityE. the efforts to raise people's standard of livingJawaban : A

4.   What was the mainly caused problems of Mexico City ?A. The populated air of the cityB. The available jobs in Mexico CityC. The rapid growth of country peopleD. The housing provision by the governmentE. The migration of country people to the cityJawaban : C

          Before gold and silver were brought to Europe from the Spanish and Portuguese colonies in Latin America during the sixteenth century, inflation had not been a major problem. Since that time, however, inflation has been a significant economic issue, especially during and after wars.           Currently, in many countries of the world, people are facing problems caused by inflation, which is a decrease in the purchasing power of money because of continuous rises in the prices of available goods. There are two different kind of inflation. each of which can affect people's lives.           When inflation is discussed, people generally refer to an increase in price, wages, and the amount of money circulating in a country's economy. The most common type of inflation is called creeping inflation because there is a steady but manageable increase in the rate of inflation within a year. Prices rise continuously, so that workers ask for higher wages to

cover the increasing costs of housing, food, and transportation. Although such wage increases are inflationary, they are often unavoidable. As a result, a government may have to impose price and wage controls in order to control this type of inflation.           A less common type of inflation is called hyperinflation, which is usually due to war or occupation by a foreign country. During a period of hyperinflation, price levels double rapidly. As there is too much money available in the economy, the currency decreases in value, and people lose confidence in their government's financial competence. To win back the trust of the people, the government may create a new currency.

5.   Which of the following is TRUE according to the text ?A. Inflation became a serious economic issue in the late 1600sB. Workers can support their families because of their high wages.C. To avoid inflation, the government should increase the people's wagesD. Whatever type of inflation a country experiences, it affects every individual in

societyE. The Spanish and Portuguese colonies brought gold and silver to Europe in the gear

1600.Jawaban : D

6.   What is paragraph 3 about ?A. Creeping inflationB. The rate of inflationC. the cause of inflation

D. Inflation in many countriesE. Uncontrolled price increases

Jawaban : A

7.   What is the topic of paragraph 4 ?A. The effects of hyperinflationB. The decreasing value of moneyC. The creation of new currencyD. People's trust in the governmentE. Efforts to overcome inflationJawaban : A

8.   The following are the characteristics of inflation except .......A. rising prices of available goodsB. declining purchasing powerC. higher costs of livingD. increasing demands for higher wagesE. a decrease of the circulation of moneyJawaban : E

9.   What is the common cause of inflation?A. People are not earning enough moneyB. Govemment control on the economy is too strictC. There are always political conflicts between nationsD. There is too much money circulating in the economy

E. The costs of housing and transportation have doubledJawaban : C

Mr. Baker  : Hello, Mr. Fanelli. Please have a seat. What can I do for you today? Mr. Fanelli  : I want to borrow some money to buy a car. A friend of mine, Jack                     Richardson, bought a new car last week. He told me that he got his loan here. Mr Baker   : Oh, yes. I remember him. I was the loan officer who spoke with him. Mr. Fanelli : He said that you were very helpful. I know very little about loans and hope                     you can explain things to me. Mr. Baker  : I will certainly try. What questions did you have for me ? Mr. Fanelli  : First, I want to know if loans for buying cars are commercial loans or                     personal loans. Mr. Baker  : Neither, Mr. Fanelli. They're auto loans. A commercial loans is principal that                     banks lend to businesses. Personal loans are made to individuals, but not for                     buying cars. Mr. Fanelli  : What about interest rates? Mr. Baker  : The rate of interest currently in effect on auto loans is 16  Mr. Fanelli  : For how long will I have to make monthly payments ? Mr. Baker  : The term of the loan is three years, so there will be 36 monthly payments. Mr. Fanelli  : Do I have to give the bank any collateral ? Mr. Baker  : The car serves as collateral. If you default, the bank can take possession of                     the car The bank also checks your credit file to make sure that you always                     paid back your loans in the past. Do you have any charge accounts? Mr. Fanelli  : My wife and I bought our furniture with our charge card and we even used it                     to buy airplane tickets for our vacation in California last year. We paid off                     both those debts promptly  Mr. Baker  : That's very good. I assume there will be no problem. But the first thing you                     have to do is to fill out this loan application. Mr. Fanelli : Thank you very much. I'll start right now.

10.   What is the topic of the above dialogue ?A. Kinds of loansB. Applying for a loanC. The rates of interest

D. Property as guaranteeE. Buying a car on credit

Jawaban : E

11.   Where does the dialogue take place ?A. In a bankB. In a car showroomC. In a department store

D. At Mr. Baker's houseE. At Jack Richardson's office

Jawaban : A

12.   Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about Mr. Jack Richardson ?A. He has got an auto loanB. Heis Mr. Fanelli' , friendC. He has given Mr. Fanelli some loans

D. He is satisfied with the bank's serviceE. He has told Mr. Fanelli where to get a loanJawaban : C

13.   The purpose of Mr. Fanelli's visit to Mr. Baker is that ........A. he want to buy a carB. he is a bank customerC. he want to get an auto loanD. he wants to withdraw his moneyE. he has a problem with his accountJawaban : C

14.   Before approving a loan, the bank investigates whether the client has ........A. property as a guaranteeB. paid back all his past debtsC. applied for a car loan beforeD. used his charge accounts regularlyE. bought furniture with his charge cardJawaban : B

Fill in the blanks with the most appropriate words.If you are about to look for a job, the suggestions I offer here can help you, whether or not you have a high school diploma, whether you are just starting out or changing your job or career. Before you try to ....(15).... a job, you have to answer the hardest ....(16).... of your working file : "hat do I want to ....(17).... ?"Here's a good way. Sit down ....(18).... a piece of paper and don't get up ....(19).... you've listed all the things you're proud to ....(20).... accomplished. Your list might include being head of a fund-raising campaign, or acting a juicy role in the senior play.

15.   A. findB. haveC. start

D. applyE. search

Jawaban : A

16.   A. thingB. choiceC. question

D. statementE. requirement

Jawaban : C

17.   A. doB. getC. look

D. findE. work

Jawaban : B

18.   A. byB. on

D. withE. upon

C. nearJawaban : D

19.   A. whenB. sinceC. after

D. tillE. as

Jawaban : D

20.   A. beB. holdC. have

D. beingE. become

Jawaban : A

21.   Max                : Hello, Mr. Andrews ? This is Max from Ripley's RealtyMr. Andrews   : Hi, have you found a house for me yet ?Max                : Yes, I have a great house to show you on padley Drive It's only $200,000Mr. Andrews   : Oh, that's too expensive for me.Max                : Well, I have another on Bank street. It's only $ 85,000. But it only has                          one bed room.Mr. Andrews   : Oh, that's not big enough. Where is Max when he calls Mr. Andrews ?A. At a housing exhibitionB. In a house on Bank streetC. In his office at Ripley's RealtyD. On his way to Mr. Andrew's houseE. In a beautiful house on PadleyJawaban : C

22.   Ali   : Are there any interesting jobs in the paper today ?Ani  : Well, here's one for a tour guide. But you have to work on Saturdays and Sundays.Ali   : I don't want to work on Sundays.Ani  : Neither do I. Oh, there's another here for a salesperson It's a job selling children's          books.Ali   : Sounds interesting.Why are Ali and Ani reading the "Help Wanted" advertisement ?A. To become a tourist guideB. To find a suitable job for AliC. To advertise an interesting jobD. To avoid working on weekendsE. To look for children's bookstroresJawaban : B

23.   A : Can I help you ?

B : Yes, something's wrong with my typewriter A : Oh, what's the problem? B : It doesn't work A : OK. Let me have a look at it. Hm, it's the power button. B : Oh, really? A : Yes, Can you leave it here for repair? B : OK, and how much will it cost? A : Well,it should cost $2. What does A do to earn his living ? He works as a ......A. clerkB. plumberC. mechanic

D. technicianE. electrician

Jawaban : C

24.   Ramos : We're here to discuss the space programme.              We have a limited amount of time, so let's get strarted. Vidia    : I think the space programme is a waste of money.               Think of all the research scientists could be doing on disease with that money.

              Furthermore, the money is coming out of the tax payer's pockets. From the dialogue above we can conclude that Vidia ....... with the space programme.A. dislikedB. disagreedC. dissatisfied

D. discouragedE. dishonoured

Jawaban : B

25.   Budi  : What's the matter, Lucy. Have you been crying ?Lucy  : Oh, I've just received a letter from my father. He says that the river has flooded

           our village. Budi  :  ............ I'm really sorry to hear that. Lucy  :  Thank you. That's very kind of you.A. Big dealB. Pardon meC. Calm down

D. That's too badE. Shame on you

Jawaban : D

26.   Bobby : What will Rita do on the show?Linda   : She and her group will show traditional costumes from the 27 provinces.              Any objections ?Bobby : No, not at all . .....A. That's fineB. Take it easyC. That's insane

D. That's too badE. It's for certain

Jawaban : A

27.   I have been wanting to go around the world The above sentence means the speaker ........A. has never done itB. has seen a lot of the worldC. is travelling around the worldD. doen't have to go around the worldE. has often been back from around the worldJawaban : A

28.   X :  Can I have your report on the last week's study tour to Lampung?Y :   I'm still working on it. But I ....... it by the time you're back from the meeting.A. I am going to finishB. will have finishedC. have finished

D. am finishingE. will finish

Jawaban : B

29.   A : Did Ann inviteTom to the party?B : I don't know, but I am sure he ........ because he's her best friend.A. invitesB. is invitingC. is being invited

D. has been invitedE. might have been invited

Jawaban : D

30.   As he usually works overtime, he is always very  ........  when he gets home from work.A. tiredB. boredC. annoyed

D. confusedE. disappointed

Jawaban : A

31.   Jack is the most ...... person that I've ever met. He never stops talking about himselfA. tiringB. amazingC. annoying

D. terrifyingE. embarrashing

Jawaban : C

32.   Rita continued eating ........she heard the phone ringingA. as soon asB. althoughC. because

D. sinceE. after

Jawaban : B

33.   Rina : I'm thinking of going to Brazil next year, Ria Ria   : Oh, great! I'm sure you'll have a good time there. According to the dialogue Ria is ........ that Rina will enjoy her stay in Brazil.A. happy D. doubtful

B. certainC. pleased

E. satisfied

Jawaban : B

34.   The manager always has his letters typed by his secretary This sentence means that ........A. the manager always types letters for his secretaryB. the manager has asked his secretary to type his 'attersC. the manager always asks his secretary to type his lettersD. the manager is always asked by his secretary to type lettersE. the manager always type letters together with his secretaryJawaban : C

35.   The government is making new regulations on logging. Many people think that it's already too late because many forests have been destroyed. From the situation above we know that the government ........ new regulations long before.A. must have madeB. must have madeC. might have made

D. would have madeE. should have made

Jawaban : E

36.   Many people are protesting about the high prices of staple food especially rice. The government  ........ do something to improve the economy.A. couldB. mightC. must

D. mayE. can

Jawaban : C

37.   I didn't get the job ........ I applied for.A. whoB. thatC. what

D. whomE. whose

Jawaban : B

38.   The accident would not have happened if the driver in front had not stopped so suddenly. This mean that the accident happened  ........A. so that the driver in front stopped suddenlyB. because the driver in front stopped suddenlyC. when the driver in front didn't stop suddenlyD. although the driver in front could stop suddenlyE. despite the fact that the driver in front didn't stop suddenlyJawaban : B

39.   'I wish I knew that Jane is ill'.

From the sentence we know that the speaker ........A. regrets that Jane is illB. has known that Jane is illC. has been told that Jane is illD. has not been told that Jane is illE. has visited Jane in the hospitalJawaban : D

40.   While Tom was playing football, he fell and had a seriously sprained ankle. That's why the doctor ...... his ankle.A. bandageB. wrappedC. fastened

D. coveredE. tied

Jawaban : A

41.   Kus Hendratmo may not be a great actor but he is a very popular ....... He presented a quiz programme on TVRI before.A. commentatorB. progammerC. entertainer

D. reporterE. speaker

Jawaban : C

42.   The bus is due to be here at 9 but it hasn't arrived yet. The underlined word means ........A. orderedB. directedC. arranged

D. supposedE. controlled

Jawaban : D

43.   Adi has cancelled buying the car because it ........ a great deal of fuel.A. runsB. costsC. spends

D. wastesE. consumes

Jawaban : E

44.   She was very sad because the thief has stolen her most precious diamond necklace. The underlined word means ........A. usableB. saleableC. exciting

D. valuableE. wonderful

Jawaban : D

45.   Shinta made a nice picture by ........ some coloured paper with glue on a board.A. usingB. missingC. sticking

D. drawingE. decorating

Jawaban : C

46.   Father seemed very affected by my success in winning the contest. The underlined word means ........A. awfulB. touchedC. shocked

D. agreeableE. confident

Jawaban : B

47.   Bob likes decorating his garden. That's the reason why he is going to study ........ after finishing high schoolA. interior designB. flowering plantsC. interior fumishing

D. landscape gardeningE. building construction

Jawaban : A

48.   I am concerned about the level of unemployment in Jakarta recently. The underlined word has the same meaning as ........A. sorryB. scaredC. worried

D. regretfulE. confused

Jawaban : C

49.   John is so satisfied with his trip to Bali last week that he is planning to have another trip next year. The underlined word mean .......A. excitedB. suprisedC. thrilled

D. pleasedE. exhausted

Jawaban : D

50.   The rates of sales volume of Bharata & Co from 1993 - 1997 in percentage

(Taken from the annual report of Bharata & Co. January 1998)

From the graph we may conclude that the rate of sales volume of Bharata & Co ......A. has increased steadilyB. sharply decreased in 1994C. tends to decrease after 1995D. does not reflect any increaseE. has developed within five yearsJawaban : C

LATIHAN 12

          Lake Toba, which is situated in the center of Bukit Barisan Mountain range, is an interesting mountain resort with Samosir island in the center of the lake. It boats many modern hotels and facilities for water sport such as boating, water skying and swimming.         In West Sumatera, the center of culture and tourism is Bukit Tinggi, situated in the highlands north of the provincial capital of Padang. West Sumatera is a land of scenic beauty with green lakes and blue mountains.         Java has a great number of attractions, including the world renowned Botanic Garden in Bogor, the wildlife reserve of Ujung Kulon on the south west part of the island. Borobudur, a gigantic Buddhist shrine is situated 42 kilometers northwest, of Yogyakarta and the Ijen crater lies in East Java and displays hot springs, waterfalls and free roaming deers as well as a sulphur crater. A threehour drive from Surabaya, and then a pony fide from the village of Ngadisari over the sea will take you to mount Bromo which is an active volcano with sulphur fumes and smoke still emitting from its depths. The inhabitants of the surrounding areas believe in the God of Bromo and bring offerings to his deity.         Bali is different from the rest of Indonesia because , of is unique form of Hinduism called "Hindu Dharma!' 'Religion is the main source of traditional custom in family and community life. The soul of a Balinese is religion and it finds its expression in art. Many articles and books have been written on Bali.

1.   What natural beauty does West Sumatera have?A. Active volcanoesB. WatersportC. Modem hotels

D. Mountain resortE. Green lakes and blue mountains

Jawaban : E

2.   Which of the following attractions is not found in the surroundings of the Ijen crater?A. Hot springsB. WaterfallsC. A sea of sand

D. A sulphur craterE. Free-roaming deer

Jawaban : C

3.   Borobudur, a gigantic Buddhist shrine is situated 42 kilometers northwest of Yogyakarta. The underlined word means ..........A. niceB. hugeC. tall

D. largeE. wonderful

Jawaban : B

4.   How many tourist resorts are mentioned in the third paragraph ?A. threeB. fourC. five

D. sixE. seven

Jawaban : C

          A natural disaster is a terrible accident e.g. a great flood, a big fire or an earthquake. It usually causes great suffering and loss of a large sum of money. The casualties are injured or died. Some people are homeless and need medical care.          Floods occur when the water of rivers. Lakes, or streams overflow their banks and pour out onto the surrounding land Floods are caused by many different things. Often heavy rainstorms that last. For a brief time can cause a flood. But not all heavy storms are? followed by flooding. If the surrounding land is flat and can absorb the water, no flooding will occur. If, however, the land is hard and rocky, heavy rain cannot be absorbed. Where the banks are low, a river may overflow and flood adjacent lowland          In many parts of the world floods are caused by tropical storms called hurricanes or typhoons. They bring destructive winds of high speed, torrents of ram, and flooding. When a flood occurs, the destruction to the surrounding land can be severe. Whole villages and towns are sometimes swept away by water pouring swiftly over the land. Railroad tracks buckled and are uprooted from their beds. Highways are washed away.          When a building caught fire, the firemen pitched in to help battle the blue. Before the pumps were invented, people formed bucked brigades to fight fires. Standing side by side, they formed a human chain from the fire to nearby well or never. They passed buckets of water from hand to hand to be poured on the flames.          The damage of fire did depend a great deal on where it happened. In the country or a small village, only a single house might burn down. But in crowded cities, fire often

destroyed whole blocks and neighborhoods before being controlled.

5.   When is flood more likely to happen?A. When heavy rainstorms happen on flat land.B. When rainstorms happen on hard rocky land.C. When heavy rainstorms happen on forest land.D. When the water of rivers overflow into absorbing landE. When banks of the rivers are adjacent to lowland.Jawaban : E

6.   All of the following information are natural disasters, except .........A. rainB. stormC. flood

D. hurricaneE. earthquake

Jawaban : A

7.   Why do hurricanes or typhoons usually cause great destruction? Because they .........A. bring destructive winds and torrential rainsB. are heavy enough to cause floodC. are heavy stormsD. are hard windsE. are tropical stormsJawaban : A

8.   Modern fire brigades use ........ to fight fire.A. buckets of waterB. spraying sandC. human chain

D. fire pumpE. fire arm

Jawaban : D

          Nobody likes paying taxes. Even those who know that taxation is necessary and just are reluctant to pay taxes. It is not pleasant to see part of your monthly income taken away from you in income tax. Ignorant people think this is an injustice and make a grievance of it; so it is just as well that we should know why we are taxed, so that We can see the fairness of the system.         Every country must have a government of some sort, or life would be impossible. The primary duties of a government are to protect the life and property of the citizens, to maintain law and order and settle dispute between citizens, in a just and orderly way through the law-courts, to defend the country from foreign foes, and to maintain the roads and highways. Besides, many governments maintain and direct education, provide hospitals for the sick; and attend to sanitation. All these great public duties need money : an army and navy have to be kept up, the police force and the judges have to be paid, schools have to be provided and teachers supported, expert health officers and sanitary engineers have to be employed. Now where is all the money needed for the public service to come from ? The question is answered by another. For whose benefits are all these service maintained ? The answer is, for

the benefits of the public. It is the people as a whole, rich and poor, that benefit by security of fife and property, by the sound administration of justice, by the maintenance of roads, by the public hospital, public schools, and good sanitation. Therefore it is only right that the public, the individual citizens of the country should contribute the money needed; for the money they give comes back to them in the shape of these public benefits which all enjoy.          So long, therefore, as we have a good and efficient government so long as our money is being used in the right way, and so long as the burden of taxation is distributed fairly, as different classes can bear it, we have no right to grumble at having to pay our share of the taxes.

9.   Which one of these titles is the most suitable for the text above?A. Objections to TaxesB. Why citizens are TaxedC. The Burden of Taxation

D. Taxation is a NecessityE. Income taxes

Jawaban : B

10.   The topic of paragraph 2 is ...........A. the reasons of taxationB. the right of citizensC. the expenses of public duties

D. the duties of a governmentE. the types of public services

Jawaban : A

11.   Why do people have to pay income tax?Because .........A. they have to pay tax for the things they needB. they have to pay tax whether they are rich or poorC. the tax is needed to carry out the government's public dutiesD. they have to pay tax for the things they buy or sell.E. they have to pay tax for the government benefitJawaban : C

12.   According to the text the following statements are true, except ........A. Everyone knows that taxation is necessaryB. The public must bear their shares of public expenseC. It is the government's duty to provide hospitals for the sickD. TV same amount of income tax is imposed on the rich and the poorE. The taxpayers enjoy public services provided by the governmentJawaban : D

         JAKARTA - When the government announced the liquidation of 16 banks last Saturday, many people are surprised as they did not expect their bank to be on the list, Others were still trying to come to terms with the fact that they had lost their jobs.         "I heard on the radio that 16 bank were liquidated, that's why I came here, to check whether I could still withdraw my money," said Prapto, who claimed to have a deposit in one of the liquidated banks on JI. Thamrin. But the said he couldn't get it as it was Saturday and most banks do not open then.

        The headquarters of some of the liquidated banks, such as Bank Pacific and Bank Industry look calm, with only a few people coming and going. Several people called the 'Observer' last Saturday afternoon two find out which banks had been liquidated.        I Nyoman Moena, a noted banking analyst told the 'Observer' it is a normal reaction for people to panic when hearing such things, but, he said, the government must certainly have anticipated the situation. "I think the monetary authority must have been prepared this tune, after the announcement of the liquidation of Bank Sumina in 1992," Moena said referring to the guarantee by the government two pay depositors in to weeks on November, 13, 1997 and the naming of the banks that will handle the pay outs.         When announcing the liquidations last Saturday, Bank Indonesia assured depositors they would get their money back. Those who had less than Rp 20 million would get all their money on November 13, while those who had over Rp 20 million would get up to Rp 20 million in the first stage with the remainder being paid later.         The President Director of Bank IFI Harry Rachmadi said yesterday that the liquidation of sixteen bank would certainly have an impact in the community, as some people may lose their jobs. To minimize the impact of the liquidations. it is important to accelerate the process. Rachmadi said that the decision could also be a 'shock therapy' for Indonesian banks. "Bank owners can no longer do as they want when operating their own banks," he said. He also said that some members of the public should have anticipated this, as the press had ear her reported the likely liquidation of some ailing banks following the currency turmoil that hit the country in July this year.

13.   The article is about ........A. the liquidation of 16 banksB. a shock therapy for banksC. people's reaction about liquidated banksD. the loss of money deposited in the liquidated banksE. the impact of liquidated bank on the employeesJawaban : C

14.   The main idea of paragraph 4 is .........A. some banks are assigned to handle the pay outsB. the government has anticipated the people's reactionC. the government guarantees to pay depositors by certain banksD. I Nyoman Moena is a noted banking analystE. The liquidated banks do not guarantee that the depositors can get back their depositsJawaban : B

15.   Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the text ?A. The hadquarter of the liquidated banks were crowded with peopleB. Bank Summa was one of the banks liquidated last SaturdayC. The liquidation could be a shock therapy for Indonesian banksD. Harry Rachmadi said that there will be no impact of liquidation in the communityE. The liquidated banks do not guarantee that the depositors can get back their depositsJawaban : C

16.   The pay outs will be given to depositors in stages. This idea is stated in paragraph .........A. 1B. 3C. 4

D. 5E. 6

Jawaban : D

17.   " ......., that's why I came here to check whether I could still withdraw my money, .......(paragraph 2).The underlined word means ........A. take outB. make knownC. give away

D. put backE. make certain

Jawaban : A

        MANILA (AFP) : The philippines has the most number of endemic bird species which are in danger of extinction, according to a nation wide wildlife report obtained here yesterday.        This includes the Cebu flower-pocker of which only four are known to stiff be alive, making it the most endangered bird in the world, the Red Data Book' said.        An endangered species is defined as one that has a 20 percent chance of becoming extinct in 20 years.        The 'Data Book' said the sweat of extinction was due to the growing destruction of the forests which are the habitats of the birds and other wild animals, many of which are similarly endangered.

18.   The text is about ......A. the 'Philippine Red Data Book' on animalsB. the Wildlife Conservation Society in the PhilippinesC. the number of endemic bird species still availableD. the endangered habitats of birds in the PhilippinesE. a report about the extinction of the most endangered birdsJawaban : D

19.   According to the 'Red Data Book', some bird and wild animals are in danger of extinction because people ........A. hunt them for sportsB. keep destroying forestsC. move their habitats

D. change forests into their habitatsE. catch them to be domesticated

Jawaban : B

20.   Endangered species are .........A. the forty percent of bird species in the worldB. all wild animals except the Cebu flower-peckerC. birds which now remains twenty percentD. the endemic bird species kept in captivity

E. those predicted to be extinct within 20 years of timeJawaban : E

21.   The threat of extinction was due to ........"(paragraph 5)The word 'threat' means .......A. noticeB. warningC. danger

D. statementE. announcement

Jawaban : C

22.   Pinta's mother is a ........ She teaches students at the Gajah Mada University.A. teacherB. directorC. rector

D. registrarE. lecturer

Jawaban : D

23.   You'd better put on your ....... when you go out, it's very cold outside.A. vestB. scarfC. tuxedo

D. sweaterE. raincoat

Jawaban : D

24.   Newspapers have on basic purpose, that is to get ....... as quickly as possible from reliable sources to readers.A. NewsB. ReportC. statement

D. advertisementE. announcement

Jawaban : A

25.   Marlin : Christ where are you staying? Christ : At Sahid Hotel Marlin asked Christ ..........A. where he staysB. where he was stayingC. where did he stay

D. where does he stayE. where had he stayed

Jawaban : B

26.   It's 9 p.m Nancy is going to bed, so she says to the other members of the family .........A. Bye-byeB. GoodbyeC. Goodnight

D. See you soonE. Good evening

Jawaban : C

27.   Yunus : Dedi, let's spend this weekend for fishing. I have found a good spot. Dedi   : I am sorry, I hate fishing. From the above sentence, Dedi shows his ....... for fishing.

A. disagreementB. dislikeC. disappointment

D. dissatisfactionE. discontentment

Jawaban : B

28.   Student  : I've finished the test. Here you are, sir Teacher : Good You ....A. can't stay hereB. will leave the roomC. can't tell anything

D. may leave the classroomE. must say thank you

Jawaban : D

29.   This proposal was turned down by the personnel Manager. The synonym of turned down is ........A. receivedB. rejectedC. returned

D. agreedE. taken

Jawaban : B

30.   An officer in a diplomatic mission whose duty is to care for the commercial interests of his country is called an/a ..........A. envoyB. consulC. attach

D. diplomatE. ambassador

Jawaban : B

31.   If you want to have your hair cut, why don't you go to him? He is a famous ........ in the city ?A. therapistB. beauticianC. manicurist

D. barberE. tailor

Jawaban : D

32.   Affandi is one of the famous ....... In Indonesia. We really admire his works.A. poetsB. actorsC. artists

D. playersE. painter

Jawaban : E

33.   Lita   : Fit, which do you like better, singing or dancing ? Fitria : Well, I'd ... than dance.A. better singB. have singC. prefer singing

D. rather singingE. rather sing

Jawaban : E

34.   Ruri : Do you know my cousin Bob ? Ari  : Sure, I haven't heard about him for a long time. Ruri : He will get married next Sunday.          ..........Ari  : No, I'm not.A. Can I see you at the wedding party ?B. Will you be attending his party ?C. Do you feel like going to his party ?D. Are you also invited ?E. Do you mind going to the wedding with me ?Jawaban : D

35.   Passenger        : Is it allowed to bring a bird on the plane? Custom officer : I am sorry, that's not allowed.The underlined utterance expresses ........A. regretB. coutionC. admiration

D. permissionE. prohibition

Jawaban : E

36.   Bill        : Have you considered my offer to work for our company?George  : Yes, I have, but I'd take the job if the salary suited me.From the dialogue we may conclude that George ........A. has accepted the jobB. has worked for the companyC. has not yet considered taking a jobD. has refused to take the jobE. has not heard about the jobJawaban : C

37.   Mr. Bronto leaves Surabaya for Medan by GIA 707 at 9 am. By 11 a.m he ........ there.A. arriveB. arrivedC. was arriving

D. will arriveE. will have arrived

Jawaban : E

38.   Journalist : Some of our forests in Kalimantan and Sumatera were destroyed                 in the forest fire.Official    : It's a pity. The destruction of the rainforest could also bring                 about the extinction of orangutans.The underlined word means ..........A. act of putting outB. act of preservingC. no longer in existenceD. prevention of lossE. keep something for special purpose

Jawaban : C

39.   Rita   : The Kasepuhans, a community living in and around the Gunung           Halimun national park still practice a traditional way of planting rice.Kitty  : For example?Rita   : They only grow local rice varieties, only plant once a year, and            reject the use of pesticides."reject" means ........A. denyB. omitC. refuse

D. preventE. ignore

Jawaban : C

40.   Tourist : Would you tell us where we can get handicraft for souvenirs? Guide  : Well, let's go to Pucang : it is very popular with its handicraft. Almost all the people there make their living by ........ things from the horns of buffaloes or cows.A. makingB. takingC. drawing

D. paintingE. cutting

Jawaban : A

41.   Mother : When the price of petrol rises, the price of all basic commodities               follows to rise. It always happens like this. Father  : ...... that our income will be sufficient if there is no increase in our salary.A. I am sureB. It's certainC. I am pleased

D. It's possibleE. I doubt

Jawaban : E

42.   X : Although this is the best cinema in town, there are not many people visiting it. Y : .... nowadays most people prefer spending their time at home watching TV.A. Oh, no!B. I don't think soC. Really?

D. That's rightE. It's not true

Jawaban : D

43.   X : Has she already got some medicine? Y : If she had visited the doctor, she would have been given medicine. From the dialogue above we know that ........A. the doctor visited her and gave her medicineB. she visited the doctor, so she was given medicineC. she didn't visit the doctor, so she wasn't given medicineD. although she didn't visit the doctor, she was given medicineE. she didn't visit the doctor because the doctor had already given her medicineJawaban : C

44.   Burhan : The river is very dirty. People shouldn't have thrown household               rubbish into the river. Fikri    : That's exactly what I think. From the dialogue above we know .........A. Fikri disagrees with Burhans's opinionB. Burhan thinks exactly the same wayC. Waste material has not been collectedD. People polluted the river with rubbishE. Burhan warned people not to throw rubbish in the riverJawaban : D

45.   Ricky : You look happy with your new job here. Nelly  : You're right. My family and I are happier here ...... my             salary is smaller than before.A. in spite ofB. althoughC. because

D. sinceE. when

Jawaban : B

46.   A : Do you know the woman speaking with? the professor? B : Yes, she is our new lecturer ........A. which also can speak English wellB. with whom she will help the professorC. whose her daughter is a famous surgeon in this townD. who is also an assistant of the minister of woman affairsE. whom also working as a consultant in a foreign companyJawaban : D

47.   Dika : Can I borrow your laptop? Ditya : Certainly, but what's wrong with yours? Dika : It ....... now.A. is being repairedB. repairedC. is repairing

D. has repairedE. is going to repair

Jawaban : A

48.   Mrs. Hilman : I like your garden. It is well-maintained.                      Do you still have time to tidy it ? Mrs. Anton : of course not ....... twice a week.A. I always tidy it myselfB. I have tidied itC. I have to tidy it

D. I have it tidiedE. I ask somebody to tidy it

Jawaban : D

49.   A : More and more people have died as the victims of war.

B : That's terrible. I wish we were living in a world with no war or in between countries. The underlined sentence means ........A. we are living in a peaceful worldB. we were living in a peaceful worldC. we are not living in a peaceful worldD. we were not living in a peaceful worldE. we will live in a peaceful worldJawaban : C

50.   X : Do you think that the monetary crisis will soon conle to an end ?Y : ........, this condition won't be back to normal within mone or two years.A. I am fed up with the newsB. I am sorry to hear thatC. It would be agreeable

D. It's not my businessE. It's very unlikely

Jawaban : E

LATIHAN 13

         In my community its various organisms are linked in a complicated web of relationships. There are usually in balance with one another. If the natural web is disturbed, the results my be disastrous. As a rule, the various populations of organisms tend to adjust to seasonal and other changes, and the whole community stays in balance. Most disturbances come from man's activities.         In an undisturbed forest, white-tailed deer feed on plants of various kinds. Wolves and mountain lions prey on the deer. When deer are numerous, their enemies become numerous too, because them is so much to feed upon. The deer and their enemies stay in balance with one another.         Then man enters the scene. He looks on aninuls such as wolves and mountain lions as harmful. He kills as many as possible. When the animals that feed on deer are killed, the deer multiply, without check. Soon the large deer population has eaten nearly all the plants available for food. Then the deer begin to starve.         Another example of man's interference with natural communities is the use of  chemical insecticides. Grass in the sprayed areas my he eaten by cows. As a result, the milk of some cows has been found to contain too much DDT. The insecticides are also collected in the tissues of birds that eat the sprayed insects. Some of the affected birds lay eggs that do not hatch. The number of birds therefore decreases, cutting down the food supply of other animals.         Whether intended or not, almost every change that man has made in natural webs of life has turned out to be a disaster for the communities involved. Man, of course, is part of the world's living community. Everything he does affects all the rest of it, just as my change in the community or climate around him affects his own well-being. Thus, by changing natural communities, man may harm himself.

1.   What is the text about .......A. ForestsB. Disturbed forests

C. Disturbed communutiesD. A complicated web of relationshipsE. The interference of men with natural communitiesJawaban : E

2.   The forest is disturbed becaase of .......A. man's activitiesB. the food supply of other animalsC. a complicated web of relationshpD. the balance of the whole communityE. the various population of organismsJawaban : A

3.   The following statements are TRUE according m the text, EXCEPT .......A. Man's activities causes disastersB. DDT is sprayed to kill insectsC. Man changes the natural communitiesD. Man considers wild animals as harmfulE. Man does not disturb the natural webJawaban : E

4.   'The forest community stays in balance before man enters it." This idea can be found in paragraph .......A. 1B. 2C. 3

D. 4E. 5

Jawaban : B

5.   "If the natural web is disturbed, ...... " (paragraph I) The synonym of the word disturbed is .......A. definedB. derivedC. defended

D. disprovedE. interrupted

Jawaban : E

         The weather forecast, the story about the candidates, and the movie reviews are examples of messages from the media. A communication medium is a means of communicating a message. Examples of media are televisions, radios, newspapers, books, and telephones. The media that can reach many people at once are called mass media.         It is not difficult to think of other messages we receive through the mass media Every day we get hundreds of them Think about advertisements, for example. We see and hear these messages almost everywhere we go. Advertisements are important messages, even though they are sometimes annoying. They help us compare and evaluate products.         Most of us get information from the media than from the classroom. Think for a moment about how you Team about local news and events. Do you depend on other people or media? What about international news? What is the most important source of information

for you? People who am asked these questions usually answer 'Television".         We use the information we get from radios, televisions, newspaper and other media to make decisions and opinions. That is why the mass media are so important. Editorials and articles in newspapers help us decide how to vote. Consumers' reports on television help us decide how to spend ow money, and international news on the radio or TV makes us think and form opinions about questions of war and peace.         With each improvement in the media, audiences become larger and larger. Thanks to the communication satellite, television audiences have become international. More than 500 million people watched the first walk on the moon, for example. And more than 1 billion watched the events of the recent Olympic Games.

6.   You can get the following information from television, EXCEPT .......A. eventsB. editorialsC. local news

D. messagesE. international events

Jawaban : B

7.   What means of communication is the text focussing on .......A. NewspapersB. Mass MediaC. Telephones

D. RadiosE. Books

Jawaban : B

8.   Promotions of various products ou TV .......A. annoys viewers because there are too manyB. are products that most people cannot buyC. are messages which people are not interested inD. can be beneficial a disadvantageousE. are the most interesting part of the TV presentationsJawaban : E

9.   The information obtained from mass media is important because it enables us .......A. to write editorialsB. to build up opinionsC. to decide how to advertise

D. to make television reportsE. to ask about war and peace

Jawaban : B

10.   From the text we may conclude that .......A. there is a very tough competition among the mass mediaB. people depend much come on books for informationC. there is a rapid development in communication technologyD. messages always give advantages for TV viewersE. there is a decrease in the number of newspaper readersJawaban : C

        By experimenting with combinations of chemicals, manufactures have produced a wide

variety of effective dusts and sprays to control plant pests. Some, such as those containing pyrethrum, work well and do rat harm to people, pets, and birds. There am others that contain stronger chemicals, such as DDT, melathion, fazinat, and chlorine. These can be extremely dangerous if they are not properly used.         The first thing to do in dealing with plant pests is to seek the proper advice. Trained salesmen at garden stores can supply valuable information on the correct product to use. If the problem is a complicated or stubborn one, additional advice should be obtained from government agricultural department offices.

11.   How can manufactures gel various effective pesticides .......A. By experimenting with combinations of chemicalsB. By combining different chemicalsC. By producing various chemicalsD. By spraying stronger chemicalsE. By controlling plant pestsJawaban : A

12.   What is the main idea of the second paragraph .......A. Farmers should have good knowledge to fight plant pestsB. Agricultural department only deals with complicated problemsC. Valuable information to control plant pests is needed by farmersD. Proper advice to control plant pests is provided by trained salesmenE. Pesticides can be obtained freely in government agricultural department officesJawaban : C

13.   What do farmers need before they use pesticides ........A. Combinations of chemicalsB. Various stronger chemicalsC. Various effective dusts and spraysD. Information about harmful pesticidesE. Valuable information in using pesticidesJawaban : E

14.   " .... to seek the proper advice." (paragraph 2) The opposite of the word "proper" is .......A. usefulB. wrongC. correct

D. suitableE. ineffective

Jawaban : B

15.   Which statement is TRUE according to the text ........A. Farmers have produced various of effective pesticidesB. Pesticides given by agricultural department offices are harmfulC. Farmers had experimented with combinations of chemicals beforeD. Farmers should use strong and harmful pesticides though they are difficult to getE. Pesticides which are strongly harmful to living things contain DDT, melathion,

diazinon and chlorineJawaban : E

            Oil, like coal and natural gas, is a fossil fuel. Fossil fuels are made from the remains of dead plants and animals. It is thought that oil comes from tiny plants and animals whore bodies fell in their millions to the seabed when they died. There they were covered by sand and mud, which later hardened into rocks. In the course of millions of years, the plants and artimal material underwent chemical changes and eventually turned into oil.            Oil deposits lie hidden deep beneath the surface of the earth. They have to be searched for. Unless the oil actually comes to the surface, it is impossible to be certain that any is present.            The rising demand for oil products keeps the oil companies busy exploring new oil fields, and drilling new wells. Exploration teams are sent to distant regions to search for oil. If the exploration shows good results the company decides to drill a well. Thus the exploration phase ends, and the production phase begins.            Crude oil has to be transported to refinery to be made into the many products that are useful to man, such as petrol, kerosene diesel oil, lubricants, asphalt. Further processing gives aviation fuel, greases, fertilizers, insecticides, man-made fibres and many other things.            The oil industry has a very complex and widespread distribution system. Ocean tankers, pipelines, rail tankers, and road tankers are used ro bring the oil products to seaport, inland depots, can and drum factories, and to tens of thousands of petrol stations in cities and along motorways.            More than any other, oil industry influences the lives of men and women everywhere. From the largest to the simplest home, whose need may only be kerosene for its lamps and stoves, there is daily need for large quantities of the various oil products.

16.   According to the text what is the result of oil industry to people .......A. People have gotten jobs from it.B. It has influenced people's lives.C. It has made the people rich.D. It has made their life difficult.E. People do not get anything from it.Jawaban : B

17.   Which statement is TRUE according to the text .......A. It easy to search the oil deposit.B. The refined product of oil is also called crude oil.C. The oil industry has a simple distribution system.D. Exploring new oil fields is done after drilling new wells.E. Oil is made from the remains of dead plants and animals.Jawaban : E

18.   The duty of the exploration team is to ........A. build oil refineriesB. drill new wellsC. go to distant phaces

D. find new oil fieldsE. make a pumping station

Jawaban : D

19.   How many finished.products of oil are told in paragraph four .......A. 4B. 5C. 6

D. 7E. 8

Jawaban : B

20.   "Crude oil has to be transported to a refinery." (paragraph 4) The underlined words mean .......A. The finished product of oilB. Oil that is found in stationsC. The unrefined product of oilD. Oil that is carried by tankersE. Oil that is carried through pipelinesJawaban : C

          Sailing may seem like a difficult sport. But it is really not hard. You do not need to be strong, but you need to be quick. And you need understand .....(21)..... basic rules about the wind.          First, you must ask .....(22)..... "Where is the wind coming from ? Is it coming from .....(23)..... or behind or from the side ? You must be thinking about this all the time on the boat. The wind direction tells you what to do with the sail.

21.   A. a fewB. a tinyC. a little

D. a minorE. a slight

Jawaban : C

22.   A. itB. usC. him

D. themE. yourself

Jawaban : E

23.   A. frontB. aheadC. before

D. previousE. advanced

Jawaban : A

       The money lent to the customers comes from the .....(24)..... who invest it in bank and from profit made by private businesses and individuals. They are demanded deposits, and tune deposits. Depositors get .....(25)..... from the use of their money in the banks, and the interest is .....(26)..... by the government.

24.   A. ownersB. cashiers

D. managersE. stockholders

C. creditorsJawaban : A

25.   A. profitB. budgetC. capital

D. interestE. cheque

Jawaban : D

26.   A. paidB. keptC. taken

D. drawnE. regulated

Jawaban : A

27.   Librarian : What was that noise ? Student   : I dropped some books while I ....... them to the table.A. carryB. carriedC. was carrying

D. am carryingE. have carried

Jawaban : C

28.   Father  : Andri, you'd better mow the grass first before you paint the fence. Andri   : .......? Father  : I'm afraid not. The smoke may make our neighbours feel annoyed.A. May I burn the rubbishB. May I gather the rubbishC. May I smoke while workingD. May I sweep the yard afterwardE. May I throw the rubbish in the back yardJawaban : A

29.   Noni : You have caused pollution around our neighbourhood by burning the garbage. Tini   : Oh, .......A. excuse meB. take it easyC. be patient please

D. I am really sorryE. that's impossible

Jawaban : D

30.   Receptionist  : Your room is number 126 and here is the key. Porter, help him please. Porter           : ........ ?   Mr. Lukman  : No thanks, I can do it myself. The following can be used ro complete the dialogue above, except .......A. Do you need my helpB. Is there anything I can do for youC. Could you please take my suitcaseD. Would you like me to take your caseE. Perhaps I could assist in taking your belongings

Jawaban : D

31.   Tari      : Will you go with me to Rinta's party ? Winda  : Rinta ? Do you mean the smiling girl ....... was the best in our English class ?A. whoB. whomC. whose

D. whichE. where

Jawaban : A

32.   Catherine  : Why do you look so sad ? Larissa      : Didn't you hear the crews tat night ? The emptron of the volcano has killed

                   more than two hundred people in my village. Catherine : I'm sorry to hear that.Catherine expresses her .......A. fearB. sadnessC. apology

D. surpriseE. sympathy

Jawaban : E

33.   India : Roy, you said you would take me to your mango garden.           When will we go there ? Roy  : Well, I think we can go there next Sunday. India : Are you sure that your mangoes ....... by the time we come there ?A. will ripenB. will be ripeningC. will have ripened

D. will have to ripenE. will have been ripened

Jawaban : C

34.   Bastion : Our team is going to the eastern part of the district to inform the people about

              transmigration and family planning ......? Winono : No, maybe not. I'd better finish my report of our visit to the remote villages.A. What's your decisionB. How about going with usC. How do you feel about it

D. Do you have any objectionE. What is your participation in it

Jawaban : B

35.   Budi    :  .....? Lucy   : Yes, could you please get me some articles on economics from this newspaper ?              I'd like to make a bundle of some newspaper clippings. Budi    : Yes, I'd be glad to.A. Do you need some help, LucyB. Have you got some morning papersC. Do you know the current economic station

D. Do you write some articles in this newspaperE. Does this newspaper contain economic articlesJawaban : A

36.   Tina     : Do you think that we can depend on fossil fuels as energy sources for the next

             century ? Wulan  : ..... They will soon run out. Scientists are experimenting in changing the abundant sunlight into energy.A. It's absolutely unproductiveB. It certainly does not workC. It's really unpredictable

D. It's just unreasonableE. It's highly unlikely

Jawaban : D

37.   Nuzul  :  I plan to open an account at your bank. Roffy   :  Do you mean Bahagia Bank ? Nuzul  :  Yes. I have heard their service is good. Roffy   : Yes, that's true .......A. I am disappointed with the service.B. They are satisfied with their life.C. I regret to inform you about that.D. I'm quite happy with them.E. I am afraid I can't tell you.Jawaban : D

38.   X   :  ......, why do many people want to work in the coal industry ? Y   :  Because the coal industry pays good salaries. The following are groups of word that can be used to complete the dialogue above, except .......A. Despite the danger of working undergroundB. Although working underground is dangerousC. Though the danger of working undergroundD. Despite the fact that working underground is dangerousE. In spite of the fact that working underground is dangerousJawaban : C

39.   Rini   :  Are you sure that you can fix this computer ? Roni  : ........ I have the qualification for it.A. I don't knowB. I am positiveC. Of course not

D. I'll check firstE. I see what you mean

Jawaban : D

40.   Mrs. Bhakti  :  The more loan we get, the more burden for the coming generations,                        wouldn't you say so ? Mrs. Sholeh :   I'm of exactly the same opinion.

In the dialogue Mrs. Sholeh expresses .......A. objectionB. complaintC. agreement

D. suggestionE. compliment

Jawaban : C

41.   X  :  What are you asking him to do ? And why ? Y  :  I'm asking him to do more physical exercises ......A. in case he will win the raceB. so that he can win in the raceC. in case he should win the competitionD. because I have just recovered from an injuryE. in order that I will not participate in the activityJawaban : C

42.   Ahmad : What did the consultant ask you ? Bakri    : Oh, he wanted to know to what countries the bamboo products .......A. exportedB. are exportedC. had exported

D. will be exportedE. had been exported

Jawaban : D

43.   Bella   :  It seems that the Family Planning Program is successful in this country. Intan   : You are right. The government has made the people carry out the program.The underlined sentence means ........A. the people made the programB. the government carried out the programC. the people carried out the program spontaneouslyD. the government asked the people to carry out the programE. the people asked the government to cart) out the programJawaban : D

44.   Alex   : You look so sad. What's the matter ? Lucy  :  I'm thinking of my mother. I wish I knew what has happened to her.The underlined phrase shows .......A. an expectation which is not fulfilledB. an agreement which is not actuatedC. an invitation which is not expectedD. an apology which is not acceptedE. an argument which is not logicalJawaban : A

45.   Sonia  : Vani lost her ATM card last week. The pickpocket was successful to take her              money from the machine. Mimi  :  She ....... informed the bank to block it.A. could D. would have

B. can't haveC. might have

E. should have

Jawaban : E

46.   "If women in the late 1960's had been given equal rights as men, there would not have been 'women's liberation movement!" This sentence means that ....... at that time.A. women will not have equal rights as menB. women didn't have equal rights as menC. women do not have equal rights as menD. women have not had equal rights as menE. women might not have equal rights as menJawaban : B

47.   The best arrangement of the following sentence is ..... 1. We have tojog at least three times a week or every other day. 2. We can jog on the streets, in the big squares, in the park, etc. 3. We only need a pair of running shoes, a sport shirt, shorts, and socks. 4. So, don't jog only on Sundays. 5. Jogging does not need a lot of money. 6. If we want to make our body fit.A. 6-1-2-4-5-3B. 5-2-6-1-3-4C. 5-3-2-6-1-4

D. 6-1-5-3-2-4E. 5-3-6-1-4-2

Jawaban : A

48.   From 1967 onward, cinemas began to lose their ....... People prefer watching TV programs at home.A. sponsorsB. audiencesC. producers

D. companiesE. cameramen

Jawaban : B

49.   Father : When you grow up, what do you want to be ? Son    : A/an ....... I want to travel in a spacecraft.A. pilotB. stewardC. astronout

D. astrologerE. astronomer

Jawaban : C

50.   What is the best way to motivate children to learn ? Well scientists said that a ....... would encourage them to learn. We give them something or just say a word, such as "good" or "excellent" whenever they make good progress in learning.A. rewardB. lecture

D. discussionE. punishment

C. certificateJawaban : A

LATIHAN 14

          Is life better in cities? Probably not. Many people find that the city of their dreams has become a nightmare. Population growth is causing unbelievable overcrowding. Nairobi, Kenya, for example, has basic-series for 200,000 people but will soon have a population of 5 millions. Mexico City is home to almost 25 millions. This overcrowding causes many serious problems: traffic, pollution, sickness, and crime. There isn't enough water, transportation or housing. There aren't enough sewers; in Sac Paulo, Brazil, for instance, only 40% of the homes are connected to the city sewer system, which carries away dirty water and waste through pipes under the ground. Perhaps most serious of all, there aren't enough jobs. One-third to one-half of the people in many cities in developing nations cannot find work or confined only part-time jobs. The crisis is worsening daily; that is; this time of danger and difficulty is becoming more horrible everyday. Population experts tell us that by the year 2025, the population in cities in developing nations will increase to four times its present size.          The situation seems hopeless, but perhaps it isn't. The answer to the problem is to provide jobs for them where they live, where they were born", Takkar says.

1.   What makes unbelievable overcrowding?A. A nightmareB. UrbanizationC. City's life

D. Serious problemsE. Population growth

Jawaban : E

2.   The main idea of the first paragraph is ........A. Life is not better in the cities.B. The problems cause overcrowding.C. Overcrowding causes many problems.D. The city of the people's dream provides a better life.E. The population in cities will increase by the year 2025.Jawaban : C

3.   It is estimated that Mexico City will have had ........ million people by the year 2025.A. 5B. 25C. 100

D. 125E. 200.0

Jawaban : C

          Rice is the major staple food for most of the Indonesian people. The most liking impact of research over the past year is its contribution to the change in Indonesia's rice production from the world's largest importer of the major staple food to self-sufficiency. In creasing availability of seed of new varieties, fertilizers and pesticides as well as favorable pricing policies, encouraged farmers to intensify their rice fields.

          Indonesian farmers often prefer to grow rice with good eating quality, then select varieties for other characteristics such as high yield, early maturity, and resistance to certain pests and diseases. Therefore, only a few varieties are grown widely by farmers.          Increased production of palawija crops-food crops other than rice that includes corn, soybeans, peanuts, mungbeans, cassava, and sweet potatoes have been given a higher priority. One of the goals of the agricultural development to continue to obtain sufficient rice production, but at the same time substantially raise reducing of other crops to provide a more balanced diet for Indonesians and reduce costly imports. In addition, these crops play an important role as animal feed and material for industries.          The government hopes to reach self-sufficiency in these crops, especially corn and soybeans through intensification, extensification, and diversification programes. Production of corn and soybeans has begun to climb. Peanuts have shown a small increase but production of cassava and sweet potatoes has changed very little over the past years due mainly to marketing problems.

4.   Why do Indonesian farmers only grow a few varieties of rice? Because they would rather grow rice with ... then varieties with other characteristics.A. high yieldsB. early maturityC. good eating quality

D. various characteristicsE. with pest and disease resistance

Jawaban : C

5.   The following are palawija crops, except ........A. riceB. cornC. cassava

D. soybeansE. sweet potatoes

Jawaban : A

6.   What's the main idea of the first paragraph?A. Indonesia was the largest importer of rice.B. Tle change of Indonesia's rice production.C. Indonesia has reached self-sufficiency of rice.D. Rice is the major staple food for Indonesian people.E. Contribution of the research to improve rice production.Jawaban : D

7.   Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text?A. Palawija crops give a lot of contribution to the livestock raising.B. Marketing problems have made farmers reluctant -to grow palawija crops.C. Indonesian farmers are more interested in-growing rice with good eat ing quality.D. The production of cassava and sweet potatoes has increased greatly over the past

years.E. The government policies on agriculture encourage farmers to improve their rise

production.Jawaban : D

8.   ".… but at the same time substantially raise production of other crops to provide a more balanced diet for Indonesian." (paragraph 3) The underlined word is the synonym of ...A. raiseB. supplyC. increase

D. produceE. reduce

Jawaban : B

          With money we can buy the things that we need everyday. And there are many things that money can buy. The problem is the amount of money that you have and how wisely you use that amount.          Money is first of all a means of exchange, If you want to exchange some books that you do not need for a shirt, you may try to find someone who needs your books and who has the shirt that you want. But it is offer hard to organize an exchange. It is easier to sell the books and then buy the shirt that you like.          Money is also a means of measuring the value of other things. It is easier to say how many rupiahs a cow costs than to say that it has the same value as five goats.          We can also store value with money. It does not spoil as fish or fruit or vegetables do when they are sold. The cost of things, of course, may change as time goes on and the money that you have today may be less in the future. If it loses a let of its value, money will be a bad means of storing value. Then it will spoils farmer's product can spoil.          Finally, money is a means for making payments. You may buy bicycle now and pay for it in five months, and. make a payment of one-fifth on the cost every month. This is better than buying one fifth of a bicycle at a time and not riding it until you have bought all parts. Many shopkeepers are happy to do this for you if your credit is good. That is, if you always make your payment on time.

9.   According to the text, the main function of money is as a means of ........A. paymentB. storing valueC. measuring value

D. buying somethingE. exchange

Jawaban : E

10.   The text mainly tells us about ........A. a means of paymentB. exchanging moneyC. the uses of money

D. exchanging valueE. measuring value

Jawaban : C

11.   Which statement is TRUE according to the text?A. If people have excessive products, they should sell them.B. It is always good to store value with money.C. Everybody always makes their payment on time.D. Money makes measuring the value easier.E. It is always easy to exchange things.Jawaban : D

12.   What is the main idea of the fourth paragraph?A. It is better to store value with money.B. The cost of things may always change.C. Money is a bad means of storing value.D. Our money today will be less in the future.E. Agricultural products always spoil when they are sold.Jawaban : C

13.   If it loses a lot of its value, money will be a bad means of storing alue. (paragraph 4). The synonym of the underlined word is ....A. doingB. havingC. keeping

D. raisingE. falling

Jawaban : C

          During the nineteenth century, women in the United States organized and  participated in a large number of reform movement, including movements to reorganize the prison system, improve education, ban the sale of alcohol, and most importantly, to free the slaves. Some women saw similarities in the social status of women and slaves. Women like Elizabeth Cady Stanton and Lucy Stone were feminists and abolitionists who supported the, rights of both women and blacks. Number of male abolitionists, including William Lloyd Garrison and Wendell Philips, also supported the rights of women to speak and participate equally with men in anti slavery activities. Probably more than any other movement, abolitionism offered women a previously denied entry into politics. They became involved primarily in order to better their living conditions and the conditions of others.          When the Civil War ended. in 1865, the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Amendments to the Constitution adopted in 1868 and 1870 granted citizenship and suffrage to blacks but not to women. Discouraged but resolved, feminists influenced more and more women to demand the right to vote. In 1869 the Wyoming Territory had yielded to demands by feminists, but eastern states resisted more stubbornly than before. A women's suffrage bill had been presented to every Congress since 1878 but it continually failed to pass until 1920, when the Nineteenth Amendment granted women the right to vote.

14.   When were women allowed to vote throughout the United States?A. In 1865B. After 1868C. After 1870

D. After 1878E. After 1920

Jawaban : E

15.   What is mainly discussed in the second paragraph?A. The process of giving right to vote to women.B. The effects of the civil war.C. The right to vote to black people.D. The nineteenth the amendment.E. The Wyoming Territory.

Jawaban : A

16.   What is the topic of the passage primarily concerned with?A. AbolitionistsB. The civil warC. Women's suffrageD. The Wyoming TerritoryE. The Fourteenth and Fifteenth Amendment.Jawaban : C

17.   According to the passage, why did women become active in politics?A. To be elected to public office.B. To be famous throughout the world.C. To amend the Declaration of Independence.D. To support Elizabeth Cady Stanton for president.E. To improve the condition of life that existed at the time.Jawaban : E

18.   "A women's suffrage bill had been presented to ..." (paragraph 2). The closest meaning to the underlined word is ........A. Freedom from slaveryB. The right to voteC. Citizenship

D. ExpectationE. Pain

Jawaban : B

In cities .....(19)..... poverty sometimes occurs in .....(20)..... slums, where some poor people have not had the opportunity to learn skills that will help them to .....(21)..... a living. People trapped in this kind of situation often have .....(22)..... income.

19.   A. leastB. largeC. likely

D. extremeE. possible

Jawaban : E

20.   A. fareB. smallC. urban

D. remoteE. suburban

Jawaban : E

21.   A. getB. oweC. find

D. needE. earn

Jawaban : E

22.   A. muchB. enough

D. inefficientE. inadequate

C. sufficientJawaban : E

          The gases of the atmosphere can't be seen and we are rarely .....(23)..... of them. But they are of the greatest importance .....(24)..... the atmosphere people animals and plants could not live ........

23.   A. awareB. bewareC. cared

D. realizedE. known

Jawaban : A

24.   A. becauseB. althoughC. without

D. in spite ofE. beside

Jawaban : C

25.             Denpasar, Bali: environmental organization Fauna Conservation for Life (KSBBK) claimed that Bali is the biggest site of turtle trading in the country.          In the period between May through to August 1999, it reported, some 9,400 of the protected animals had been traded.          According to Putu Lisa Kusuma Mustika, a reptile expert from the Indonesian World Wildlife Fund (WWF), tortoises have long been killed in several areas of Indonesia, with the highest number in Bali.          "Most of them are consumed as food while some of them are used for traditional ceremonies," Putu told Antara.          Besides its meat, Putu said, tortoise shells are also used as souvenirs for tourists.

The topic of the Article is ........A. Fauna Conservation for LifeB. The protected animalsC. Turtle trading

D. A reptile expertE. Souvenirs from tortoise shells

Jawaban : C

26.   1. This is its atmosphere. 2. Earth's atmosphere is made up of about 20 kinds gases. 3. The earth is surrounded by a thick blanket of air. 4. It also contains water vapor and dust particles. 5. The two main ones are oxygen and nitrogen. The right order of the sentences above is ........A. 5, 3, 4, 2,1B. 2, 5, 1, 4, 3C. 4, 2, 3, 1, 5

D. 1, 4, 5, 3, 2E. 3, 1; 2, 5, 4

Jawaban : E

27.   A  :  How could the collision happen?

B  :  The police said that the car ........ the bus on the winding road.A. Didn't have to overtakeB. Will not have overtakenC. Shouldn't have overtaken

D. Mightn't have overtakenE. couldn't have overtaken

Jawaban : E

28.   Teacher  :  Why do you throw the rubbish in the class? You must not do that.                 Keep it clean! Anton     :  All right, Sir. The underlined words express ....A. PrideB. RequestC. Apology

D. SympathyE. Prohibition

Jawaban : E

29.   Sister     :  Why did you lend him that book? .... Brother  :  I am sorry. I didn't know it.A. I still read itB. I will still read itC. I was still reading it

D. I still have to read itE. I am still reading it

Jawaban : E

30.   Agus    :  What kind of work do you like, as a secretary or a teller? Anang  :  Well, I ........ work as a secretary.A. would ratherB. would haveC. would like

D. preferE. like

Jawaban : A

31.   Azhar    :  What's wrong with your camera, Tom? Tommy  :  The lense doesn't focus well. Azhar ........? Tommy  :  No, thanks. I can fix it myself.A. Will you bring in to a repairman.B. Should I change it.C. Do you need some help.

D. Have you had it repaired.E. Would you buy a new one.

Jawaban : C

32.   A  :  We'll have a discussion about our founding fathers.        Would you like to join us? B  :  ........ They are my favorite figures.A. I wish I couldB. That's unbelievableC. That would be wonderful

D. I want to appreciate themE. I want to acknowledge them

Jawaban : C

33.   Rifaldi    :  I ........ the Students Exchange Programme next year.

Rabbani :  That's a good idea.A. joinB. joinedC. will join

D. have joinedE. have been joining

Jawaban : C

34.   Rega :  Can I borrow your car? Rafli  :  I'm sorry, it ........A. repairsB. repairedC. is repairing

D. is to repairE. is being repaired

Jawaban : E

35.   Susi  :  There's something wrong with my computer. Can you fix it, Tom? Tom :   Oh, I am sorry. I know nothing about it. From the dialogue we know that Tom ........ fix the computer.A. willB. can'tC. wants

D. helpsE. refuse

Jawaban : B

36.   Ridwan  :  I'm going to Hide Park to hear the people making speeches. David    :  You'll be late. By the time you get there, they ........ their speeches.A. finishB. will finishC. are finishing

D. have finishedE. will have finished

Jawaban : E

37.   Shop assistant  :  Welcome, Madame ........? Lady buyer      :  Thanks. I want to see some historical books. Shop assistant  :  Well, you go to the books department. This way, please. Lady buyer      :  Thank you.A. anything I can do for youB. do you want to help meC. would you help me

D. would you like to helpE. would you mind helping me

Jawaban : A

38.   Rieka  :  What would you give me if you're sent abroad? Reza   :  If I were sent abroad, I ........ a dictionary for you.A. boughtB. will buyC. would buy

D. will have boughtE. would have bought

Jawaban : C

39.   Lisa   :  What about going to a sea-food restaurant, Dad? Dad   :  .............................

What will Daddy say to show that he doesn't like sea-food?A. I'm afraid I like fish.B. I can't stand eating sea-food.C. I am really fond of eating fish.D. I am sure I'll enjoy it very much.E. Its menu doesn't offer us many kinds of sea-food.Jawaban : B

40.   Donny  :  What about your English test result? Tania    :  ........ with it. I only got 5.A. I am dissatisfiedB. I am pleasedC. I feel satisfied.

D. I am gratefulE. I am not annoyed

Jawaban : A

41.   Uncle  :  Gina, tomorrow is the beginning of your holiday.               Here is some money to buy tickets for you and your brother to go to Bali               by plane. Gina    :  You're very generous, uncle. Thanks a lot. Uncle  :  ........ I want you to have a really good time on your birthday.A. No, I don'tB. All rightC. I am not

D. No, thanksE. Not at all

Jawaban : E

42.   Any     :  The dress really fits.you.               Did you make it by yourself? Dita      :  No, I ........A. have made itB. had made itC. had it made

D. have to make itE. had to make it

Jawaban : C

43.   The head of the village  :  The farmers didn't have a good harvest last month. Agronomist                  :  They should have planted the newly improved rice variety. The underlined expression means that the farmers ........ the newly rice variety.A. plantB. plantedC. must plant

D. should plantE. didn't plant

Jawaban : E

44.   Indri   :  Why are you here? You are supposed to be at your history class, aren't you?Indah  :  I wish there were no history class today.              My parents ask me to pay the electricity bill. The underlined words mean ........A. Indah had no history class today. D. Indri attends history class today.

B. Indah has no history class today.C. Indri had no history class today.

E. Indah has history class today.

Jawaban : E

45.   Anjas  :  Dad, may I use your can? I'd like to return Tina's book. Dad    :  ........ but be home before 6 o'clock. Anjas : Thank you, Dad.A. That's goodB. It's impossibleC. That's nice

D. I am fineE. It's all right

Jawaban : E

46.   Tina         :  Grandma, can I help you with the sewing? Grandma  :  ........How kind of you.A. I am sorryB. I don't need youC. Never mind

D. Don't worryE. Thank you

Jawaban : E

47.   X  :  Do you think President Wahid will come to the summit conference of        the Non Aligned Countries? Y :  Yes, I'm certain, he will. The underlined words mean ........A. attendB. arriveC. exist

D. holdE. manage

Jawaban : A

48.   If you want to borrow some money from the bank, you have to provide a collateral. The underlined word means ........A. freedom from danger or.worry.B. valuable thing used as a guarantee.C. neasures to prevent attacks or spying.D. document showing ownership of property.E. a person who takes care of the safety of people or buildings.Jawaban : D

49.   Student  :  The people living near the river often dump their garbage there. Teacher :  True. And it pollutes the river water. The underlined word means ........A. fishB. dishC. leaves

D. rubbishE. clothes

Jawaban : D

50.   The sentences in the following paragraph are jumbled. 1. One is familiar "Tombstone" that lists where you went to school and

    where you've worked in chronological order. 2. But prospective employees throw away most of those unrequested, "Tombstone" lists,    preferring to interview the quick rather than the dead.  3. The main purpose of a resume is to convince an employer to grant you  an interview.

4. It's handy to have a "Tombstone" for certain occasions. 5. There are two kinds. 6. The other is what I call the "functional" resume descriptive, fun to read, unique to you    and much more likely to land you an interview. The correct arrangement of the sentences above is ........A. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6B. 1, 3, 5, 2, 4, 6C. 2, 4, 6, 1, 3, 5

D. 6, 1, 4, 3, 2, 5E. 3, 5, 1, 6, 4, 2

Jawaban : E

LATIHAN 15

          A planet is a body in space that revolves around a star. There are nine planets in our solar system, and these nine planets travel around the sun. The names of the planets are Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto.          Planets travel in orbits around the stars. All of the planets of the solar system revolve in elliptical orbits. In other words, their orbits are like large, flat circles. The time that it takes a planet to make one revolution around the sun is called a year.          The Greeks were the first people to recognize and give names to some of the planets. Tile word planet comes from a Greek word meaning wanderer If a person wanders, this means that he goes from one place to another and does not have a home. The Greeks thought that planets "wandered" in the sky. However, modern scientists can predict the movement of the planets very accurately.

1.   What is the suitable title for this text ?A. The StarsB. The OrbitsC. The Greeks

D. The PlanetsE. The Wanderers

Jawaban : D

2.   The planets in our solar system travel ........A. around the starsB. around the circlesC. in one movement

D. from one position to anotherE. in elliptical orbits

Jawaban : E

          There are millions of plants and animals living in the sea. Most of the plants and animals living in the oceans are extremely small and float near the surface of the water in their thousands. They are food for huge numbers of small animals that also live near the

surface. Together, they are all known as plankton.          Many fish feed on this plankton, including one of the largest, the whale shark. Despite their great size, certain whales live entirely on plankton.          The blue whale is the largest animal ever to live. It grows to a length of over 100 feet. The humpback whale is a smaller kind and has long flippers. It can jump right out the water. The Californian grey whale makes long migrations every year - it spends the summer feeding in the Arctic but swims south to the warmer waters off the coast of Mexico in the winter. The females give birth in the shallow, warm water there.          Many of the fish in the sea may be eaten by other meat-eaters. Sharks, for example, area some of the fastest hunters, although not all of them eat other fish.          Deep down in the oceans live many strange fish. It is so dark down there that many of these fish have "light" on them, which are used for attracting smaller fish for the larger ones to eat.          Jellyfish are peculiar-looking creatures ranging in size from a fraction of an inch to 6 feet across. They don't really swim but drift in the currents of the open oceans. Although they contain a powerful sting, they are often eaten by turtles. Turtles are reptiles that spend most of their eggs on sandy beaches.

3.   ........ are food for huge numbers of small animals that also live near the surface.A. Very small plants and animalsB. Big animals .C. The Ocean mammals

D. The smallest animalE. Big plants

Jawaban : A

4.   Paragraph three tells us about ........A. the life of whalesB. the size of whalesC. the movement of whales

D. three kinds of whalesE. the migration of whales

Jawaban : D

5.   The main information of the passage is that ........A. most plants are food for animalsB. the colour of the largest whales is blueC. the female whales give birth in the shallow and warm waterD. the great size fish also eat planktonE. millions of plants and animals live in the sea.Jawaban : E

6.   Which statement is True according to the text ?A. The turtles eat jellyfishB. The turtles lay their eggs in the seabed.C. The sharks possess a powerful sting.D. The Californian grey whales immigrate to the Arctic in winter.E. The humpback whale is the largest animal in the sea.Jawaban : A

7.   The word "despite" in paragraph two could be replaced by ........A. thereforeB. referring toC. in spite of

D. exceptE. instead of

Jawaban : C

          The average person will say that agriculture means farming. He is partly right, for raising crops is a branch of agriculture. So do livestock raising, dairy farming, fruit growing, chicken raising and even fur farming. Agricultural includes the raising of every kind of plants and animals that is useful to man.          With all its many branches, agriculture is the world's most important industry. It supplies the food we eat and many of the materials from which we make our clothing.          Farms are classified according to the type of farming that is done and kinds of crops and livestock that are raised. They may be classified in several different ways, such as general, specialized, intensive, and extensive farms.          General farming is a farm where a variety of things is raised. On such a farm there may be a herd of dairy cows whose milk the farmer sells. There may also be poultry to provide extra income and supply some of the family's needs.          There are many factors that influence the types of crops and livestock that a farmer raised. The most important one is climate which includes temperature, length of growing season, sunshine, and rainfall. Another is the type of soil. The third is the amount of water available for irrigation. By concentrating on the particular crops or animals that fit best with this situation, the specialized farmer hopes to use his land in the most efficient and profitable way.          When a farmer devotes a great deal of labor to a piece of land, he is practising intensive agriculture. If he works in a large area of land with relatively little labor, he is practising extensive agriculture. Intensive agriculture usually goes together with small farms. A great deal of careful work is always involved in intensive agriculture. Often this work must be done by hand. Extensive agriculture is usually practised on large farms or ranches where most of the work is done by machinery.

8.   These words are related to farming, EXCEPT ........A. livestockB. extensive farmingC. irrigation

D. stock exchangeE. type of soil

Jawaban : D

9.   The practice of intensive and extensive agriculture is the main idea of paragraph ........A. 2B. 3C. 4

D. 5E. 6

Jawaban : E

10.   The text tells us about ........A. intensive agricultureB. extensive agriculture

D. the important factors in farmingE. specialized farms

C. types of farmingJawaban : C

11.   "They may be classified in several different ways ...." (Paragraph 3). The underlined word refers to ........A. cropsB. plantsC. farms

D. cowsE. animals

Jawaban : C

          Many people now have a card which enables them to withdraw money from a cash dispenser. You feed your card into the machine and key in your PIN (Personnel Identification Number) and the amount of money you want. If you have enough in your account, the money requested will be issued to you up to a daily limit. Your account is automatically debited for the amount you have drawn out.          Provided you have a sound credit, you can get credit card from a bank and other financial institutions. To obtain goods or services, you present your card and sign a special voucher. When it receives the voucher, the credit card company pays the trader (less a commission) and then send you a monthly statement. Depending on the type of card you have, you will either have to pay in full or be able to pay part of what is owed and pay interest on the balance left outstanding..          If you need to make fixed payments at regular intervals, e.g. for insurance premiums, you can arrange a standing order (sometimes known as a banker's order) so that thebank will do this for you.

12.   If you withdraw your money from the cash dispenser, the amount of your money will ........ as you have drawn out.A. become moreB. be creditedC. become lost

D. become lessE. be doubled

Jawaban : D

13.   The main purpose of the writer is to ........A. give the reader information about bank serviceB. persuade the readers to have a credit cardC. check the customers' accountD. explain to the reader how to use PINE. explain to the customers how to pay their employee's salaries.Jawaban : B

14.   Which of the following is the main idea of the second paragraph?A. The credit card company pays the traders.B. The credit card company sends you a monthly statement.C. Banks and other financial institutions offer us credit cards to get goods and services.D. Other financial institutions help the banks to provide credit cards.E. A voucher is the only way to buy goods.

Jawaban : C

15.   "Many people now have a card which enables them ........" (Paragraph 1) "enables" means ........A. forcesB. supportsC. asks

D. allowsE. encourage

Jawaban : D

16.   If you have enough money in your account ........A. you can withdraw your money from a cash dispenser.B. you have a special voucher.C. the bank sends you a monthly statement.D. you have paid special interest.E. the type of card is acceptable.Jawaban : A

          Trappists are monks who are not allowed to preach or to teach. Their lives are devoted to meditation, studying and reading.          In 1949, one group of Trappists fled to Hong Kong from China, leaving behind their houses and their dairy industry. They dressed themselves as labourers and carried only a few possessions.          Here, the monks had to start a new life. They found it difficult to obtain food and they had nowhere to live; but somehow they managed with the help of the community and charitable organizations. It was not until 1995 that the Hong Kong government granted them land on Lantao island.          The monks are not allowed to beg for a living, so they had to work very hard on the island. They started a dairy farm, kept about five hundred chickens and started growing their own vegetables.          A large part of the work of the Trappists is concerned with their dairy. The cows are fed regularly, milked and kept healthy. The dairy, which produces about two thousand bottles of milk a day, brings the monks their main income. The monks sell about half of the milk to a large hotel in Hong Kong, while hospitals and schools buy the rest. The monks also earn some money by selling eggs. Sometimes, the Trappists sell some of their cattle. The monks themselves do not eat meat, however, as they are vegetarians.

17.   The Trappists are forbidden to ........A. obtain foodB. grow vegetablesC. work very hard

D. beg for a livingE. start a dairy farm

Jawaban : D

18.   What is the text about?A. The monks who never preach or teach.B. The Trappists on Lantao island.C. The Trappists' dairy product.

D. The vegetarian monks.E. The Trappists' new life on Lantao island.Jawaban : E

19.   What is the main idea of he last paragraph?A. Managing the dairy is the Trappists' main work.B. The monks provide milk to a large hotel.C. The Trappists feed the cows regularly.D. The Trappists sell eggs for a living.E. Most of the Trappists' work is related to their dairy.Jawaban : E

20.   The Trappists are monks who are not allowed to preach or to teach. (The first para graph). "allowed" means ........A. advisedB. orderedC. permitted

D. suggestedE. instructed

Jawaban : C

Water pollution is really a problem for all people to solve. Solution to the problem .....(21)..... people to demonstrate their quality as responsible citizens. Individuals as well as their industries .....(22)..... that they should not do anything .....(23)..... to the problem. They must handle wastes properly. They must not .....(24)..... harmful substances, including chemical wastes, into the river or other public waterways. Further more, it is .....(25)..... that everyone fully understands the importance of recycling rubbish.

21.   A. makesB. helpsC. encourages

D. bringsE. requires

Jawaban : E

22.   A. will realizeB. could realizeC. must realize

D. are realizedE. has realized

Jawaban : C

23.   A. contributingB. to contributeC. contributes

D. is contributingE. is contributed

Jawaban : B

24.   A. polluteB. wasteC. dump

D. keepE. store

Jawaban : C

25.   A. acceptedB. welcomedC. expected

D. clearedE. accounted

Jawaban : C

26.   1. His sister added Wage Rudolf to his name, so it became Wage Rudolf Supratman. 2. When he was seven years old his father sent him to Budi Utomo elementary school. 3. Two years later he joined his sister in Ujung Pandang. 4. She did this to enable her to send his brother to the Dutch elementary school. 5. Supratman was born on 9th March, 1903. 6. In 1912, his mother died. The best arrangement of the sentences above is ........A. 2-5-3-6-1-4B. 2-3-5-1-6-4C. 5-6-2-3-1-4

D. 5-2-6-3-1-4E. 2-3-5-1-6-4

Jawaban : D

27.   Tutut  :  Were you sleeping when I called you last night? Indra  :  No, I went to the cinema. From the dialogue we know that Tutut wanted to know if Indra ... when she called him.A. sleepsB. sleptC. was sleeping

D. has been sleepingE. had been sleeping

Jawaban : E

28.   Nindy :  When did you get this cassette? Lia     :  Yesterday. When I ... home, a boy asked me to give it to you.A. walkB. walkedC. walking

D. was walkingE. has been walking

Jawaban : D

29.   Andi  :  I didn't see your sister. Where is she? Roy   :  She's studying in Australia. Andi  :  Oh, how long has she been there? Roy Roy   :  ........................................A. Last yearB. A year agoC. Since last year

D. By next yearE. Yesterday

Jawaban : C

30.   Mawar  :  This telegram is for my husband.                He's out on duty.                What do you recommend me to do? Putri      : Why don't you ring him and tell him that a telegram's arrived? In the dialogue above, Mawar is asking for Putri's ........

A. adviceB. curiusityC. agreement

D. permissionE. information

Jawaban : A

31.   Mrs. Anwar    :  I heard that your son had won a scholarship to Pajajaran University. Mrs. Budiman : Yes, that's right ............                          He never ignores our advice and always studies hard.A. I'm proud of himB. I prided myself on his successC. His pride would not let him downD. I'm to proud to have been successfulE. He is a profile of a successful studentJawaban : A

32.   X   :  Morning, sir ...? Y   :  No, thanks.A. What can I do for youB. Something I can do for youC. What would you like me to do

D. Would you help me with this bagE. Could you carry my luggage

Jawaban : B

33.   Shopkeeper  :  ........to try the shoes on? Mrs. Bakar   :  No, thank you. I can do it myself.A. Can you help meB. Would you like to help meC. May I help you

D. Do you mind helping meE. Do you object to helping me

Jawaban : C

34.   X  :  Have you visited Bob?        He got an accident last week. Y  :  Oh. poor Bob. I hope he'll be better soon. The underlined sentence expresses ........A. sadnessB. pleasureC. sympathy

D. expectationE. satisfaction

Jawaban : C

35.   X : Jane didn't pass her exam. Y : Oh. I am sorry to hear that. From the underlined words we know that the second speaker expresses her ........A. disappointmentB. sympathyC. displeasure

D. apologyE. anger

Jawaban : B

36.   Tati  : May I borrow your new novel? Lina : Yes, but next Monday. I ........ reading it by then.A. would finishB. am finishingC. have finished

D. will be finishingE. will have finished

Jawaban : E

37.   Koko :  Have you finished your report? Reno  :  Not yet. Koko :  ....... ........? Reno  :  Of course. I'll be very happy then.A. What can I do for youB. Would you like me to help youC. Can you do something for meD. Can you do me a favourE. Is there something you can do for meJawaban : B

38.   Dio     :  You look sad. What has happened to you? Dipta  :  My father lost his crops. Insects eat them up. Dio     :  What is he going to do now? Dipta  :  ........ His brother has given him capital so start with.A. He plans to have another businessB. He has nothing to doC. He is retired from his job

D. He promises not to plant anythingE. He has no idea what to do

Jawaban : A

39.   Fitri    :  What would you like to drink, tea or coffee? Helmi  : Actually I drink both, but I ........tea ........coffee now.A. prefer - thanB. like - thanC. prefer - to

D. would rather - toE. choose - better than

Jawaban : C

40.   Mary   :  Hello John    :  Hi, Mary. This is John. Do you feel like going to a movie this evening?Mary   :  That sounds great, John. I haven't been to a movie for a long time. The underlined utterance expresses...A. intentionB. invitationC. suggestion

D. permissionE. persuassion

Jawaban : B

41.   Harry  : Would you like to go camping with us next holiday? Donny : ........ but I have to take care of my mom.              She has been hospitalized for a week.

A. It sounds interestingB. Sorry I can'tC. I'm afraid not

D. I am sorry to hear thatE. It's really boring

Jawaban : A

42.   Rudi  :  Why are you so late today? Tino  :  Sorry, Rud. My car ........Rudi  :  So you came here on foot. Tino  :  Yes, I did.A. Is repairingB. has just repairedC. will be repairing

D. is being repairedE. will have been repaired

Jawaban : D

43.   A :  Er, excuse me. B :  Yes? A :  I wonder if you could lend me your dictionary. I'm doing my homework. B :  Oh. sure. Here it is. The underlined expression is used to express ........A. giving permissionB. certaintyC. pleasure

D. capabilityE. possibility

Jawaban : A

44.   A  :  Why don't you try to find a job in factory?        With the money you earn, you can buy things you need. B  :  If I worked in a factory. I wouldn't have much time to study. What does the underlined sentence mean?A. B works hard in a factory.B. A allows B to work in a factory.C. B didn't work in a factory.

D. B worked in a factory.E. B doesn't work in a factory.

Jawaban : E

45.   Boss        :  Are you sure that you can deal with complaints from angry clients? Salesman :  I'd say I am capable of doing that. The salesman wants to tell us that he has the ........to deal with angry people.A. opportunityB. abilityC. quality

D. capacityE. reliability

Jawaban : B

46.   Aunti  :  Have you heard that you have been promoted to a higher position? Weny :  Oh, ........ Thank God.A. it's a nuisanceB. it is terribleC. I haven't heard about it

D. I'm sorry to hear thatE. it's really wonderful.

Jawaban : E

47.   Dina  :  I will ask Fito to repair my computer. Susi   :  ........ to do it. He knows nothing about computer.A. He is the right personB. Give a chance to himC. You can ask him

D. It's necessary for himE. It's impossible for him

Jawaban : E

48.   X  :  Tom, are you sure that we are going to have a math test next Monday? Y  :  ........ We've finished lesson 5, haven't we?A. I hope soB. I agree with thatC. I am sorry to hear that

D. It's out of the questionE. I am 100 percent certain about it

Jawaban : E

49.   Lawyers  :  Tom, your wife wants to get half of the property, the investment and                   also the children. Tom        :  I don't get along with that. She claims too much, I think. The underlined expression shows ........A. disagreementB. impossibilityC. uncertainty

D. inabilityE. denial

Jawaban : A

50.   Dito   :  I heard your brother was robbed in front of a bank after he had withdrawn             a lot of money. Yono :  ........ He is at home and he is fine.A. It's not trueB. I can not deny itC. I bet you will deny that

D. I disagree with your opinionE. I'm not sure about it

Jawaban : A

51.   Waiter      :  What do you think of our "honey roasted chicken"? Customer  :  ........with the dishes you served me.A. I'm extremely satisfiedB. I hateC. I don't like

D. I preferE. I try

Jawaban : A

52.   Ria      :  We'll have to steam rice for diner. Yanto  :  Why? What's happened with the rice cooker? Ria      :  It is broken. Yanto  :  ........ thenA. We'll get it repairedB. We'll have repaired it

D. We'll have someone repaired itE. We'll have it to repair

C. We'll get someone repair itJawaban : D

53.   X :  Did you come to Jane's party? Y :  I wish I had gone there. I had a terrible headache. From the dialogue we may conclude that the second speaker ........ to Jane's party.A. didn't comeB. doesn't comeC. would come

D. has comeE. had come

Jawaban : A

54.   Hayati  :  Bonny is very disappointed. Hanafi  :  It's his own fault. If he had come on time, he would have got the job. From the dialogue we can conclude that ........A. Bony got the jobB. Hanafi came on timeC. Bony came late

D. Hanafi got the jobE. Hanafi missed the opportunity

Jawaban : C

55.   X  :  Why do you look sad? Y  :  I got 5 for my English test. X  :  ...............A. You should have studied wellB. You have prepared beforeC. You may prepare it

D. You have studied hardE. You can study well if you like

Jawaban : A

56.   In 1946 Mother Teresa went into the Slums in order to be of better use to the poor. "Slums" are ........A. places where people live in dirty, poor and unhealthy environmentB. medicine which is given to the poorC. things which are distributed to the poorD. hospitals where poor people are treatedE. people who are poorJawaban : A

57.   One bad effect of playing a computer game is eye irritation.The underlined word means ...A. advantageB. resultC. benefit

D. issueE. cause

Jawaban : B

58.   In the old of trade, people didn't use money but they exchanged something they had for something the needed. The word exchanged is closest in meaning to ........

A. gaveB. offeredC. exported

D. alteredE. bartered

Jawaban : E

59.   It is easy to produce electricity from a wind generator. This is simply a windmill that converts the kinetic energy of the wind into electricity. The underlined word means ........A. developsB. adaptsC. changes

D. replacesE. produces

Jawaban : C

60.   Atomic energy can either be used to create electricity or to destroy millions of homes in war. The underlined word means ........A. buildB. protectC. produce

D. demolishE. renovate

Jawaban : D

LATIHAN 16

Officer  :  Can you say your name again ?Tina      :  Tina Sulaeman.Officer  :  Address ?Tina      :  Jalan Sawo thirteen, Kebayoran Baru.Officer  :  Latest education ?Tina      :  Law.               I graduated from the law faculty.

1.   What the applicant graduate?A. Educational institutionB. Faculty of educationC. Law institution

D. Professional lawyerE. Faculty of law

Jawaban : E

2.   Where does the applicant lives?A. Jalan Sawo thirteen, Kebayoran BaruB. Jalan Sawo sixteen, KemayoranC. Jalan Seno thirteen, Kebayoran Baru

D. Jalan Jambu thirteen, KemayoranE. Jalan Sawo thirty, Kebayoran Baru

Jawaban : A

There is a vacancy in today daily. What job is offered?A part time chef in the chinese restaurant in the Sahid Hotel.

I would apply for the job. There is another Vacancy a waiter in Italian restaurant.Being a waiter is boring.

3.   What job would she applied for?A. A Chinese teacherB. A chefC. A restaurant manager

D. A waiterE. Hotel manager

Jawaban : B

4.   What media realized the advertisement?A. A magazineB. RRI RadioC. A newspaper

D. TelevisionE. A bulletin

Jawaban : A

Hayati Hutabarat says that she has downright satisfaction in her position in the company. But what about some other thing in life. There are still important to many women like married and children. Does Hayati regret not having time for this thing?

5.   What is the text about ?A. Unmarried womenB. Career womenC. Married womenD. Women's position in a companyE. Women's livesJawaban : B

6.   What things are still important to many women?A. Position in the companyB. Satisfaction in careerC. Having time for children

D. Career in the companyE. Marriage and children

Jawaban : E

Farmer in Lampung and West Java are likely to face difficulties with rice harvest in the next two month. As hundred of thousands of hectare rice field have been under threat a long drought. But it has tried worrying two provincies.

7.   What is the text about?A. The next rice harvestB. Farmers in LampungC. Rice fieldsD. Possible failure in the next harvestE. Farmers in West JavaJawaban : D

8.   What threatened the rice fields?A. A long droughtB. The rainy seasonC. Wet fields

D. Next harvestE. Difficult farmers

Jawaban : A

A supporter of the national education bill displays a sign reading "Endorse the national education bill right now" to every motorist passing the back gate of the House of Representatives compound in Senayan, Central Jakarta. Thousands of members from Islamic groups gathered outside the compound on Tuesday demanding that the bill be endorsed.

9.   The topic of the passage is about ........A. national educationB. education billC. supporters of the bill

D. a supporter's ideaE. a public demand

Jawaban : C

10.   "......... that the bill be endorsed" The word endorsed is closest in meaning to ........A. talkedB. discussedC. approved

D. decidedE. resumed

Jawaban : C

          Satellite Space-eye does not look like the satellites of the 1980's. It has large wings that gather solar power. The power is for the motor. It keeps the satellite in the same place above the earth. All the big farmers in the area have paid for the cost of  Satellite Space-eye.          Constanza is one of those farmers, his home computer makes, the connection with Satellite Space-eye. He asks to see a picture of the field in the south-west corner of his farm. The picture appears on a TV screen. It is a picture of a green wheat field. Everything looks fine. He then asks the computer to show the same area, but in colours. The colours show the different temperatures in the field. He knows healthy wheat plants will all be green. The TV screen blinks and a beautiful picture appears. It has many shades of blue, red, and green.          Constanza looks closely at the large red spot near the middle of the wheat field. He knows that something is wrong in the wheat field. The red colour means the spot is warmer than its surroundings. It may be due to-lack of moisture or not enough nutrients in the soil. Insects eating the wheat can also show a red spot.          Constanza tells the computer to tell him more about the warm spot. The computer points out that the problem is a shortage of nitrogen in the soil. He asks the computer to predict the harvest if he adds the fertilizer. He then tells the computer the current market price for wheat. He also tells the price of the fertilizer. He asks for a costing. He wants to know if it will give him a profit to add the fertilizer. The computer gives him the answer, is it a science fiction? No, it is happening now.

11.   The text tells about ........A. constanza and his wheat field

B. the use of satellite Space eye in farmingC. the blue, red, and green colours on the TV screenD. the meaning of the colours appeared on the TV screenE. the ability of the computer to predict.Jawaban : B

12.   The main idea of paragraph two is ........A. Constanza is one of the farmers who makes use of the Satellite Space-eye.B. Constanza's home computer is connected to Satellite Space-eye.C. The picture appears on the TV screen comes from Satellite Space-eye.D. Various information can be served by Satellite Space-eye.E. The Satellite Space-eye sent Constanza what he wanted.Jawaban : E

13.   The red colour showed on the TV screen means that ........A. the plants are healthyB. the soil does not have enough nutrientsC. the temperature is lowD. the plants are not distrubed by any insectsE. the wheat field is in good conditionJawaban : B

14.   ''it may be due to lack of moisture." (Paragraph 3) We can replace the underlined word with ........A. makeB. haveC. get

D. owing toE. let

Jawaban : D

Dear Rossa,          I am a guy, twenty-eight years old. I have a problem with a girl friend. She is twenty five years old. We have been dating each other for years, since we were high school students. Now we have jobs. I feel very sure that we love each other. Now it is time for me to get married. Unfortunately, her parents never approve of our relationship ever since the very first time. My family, anyhow, does not really mind. At first I thought my girl friend had the power to defend our love. But then he surrendered. She loves me and she loves her family too. On the one hand she said, "I'll be happy if my family is happy." It means she had to get approval from her parents.          For this, I was shocked. My heart was broken. She ended our relationship just at the time when I was ready to marry her. When I was with her, we were very happy. We had a lot in common and there were no conflict. The truth was, we separated only because of her parents. They want her to marry her cousin, her aunt's son (this is one of the traditions in the Karonese).          For the time being I am very upset. When I miss her I call her. Then we can eat together, talk together for hours. We act like dating because she loves me, too. The real problem is, she cannot refuse what her parents want.

          So, should I forget my girl friend, the only one that I truly love? Or else, should I just wait, and dream that one day she will be back to me?                                                                                            Rio N., Padang

Dear Rio,You call her your gil friend, but she has chosen her own way. For this reason I'd say that there is nothing your can do except forget her and go on with your normal life. Hopefully you can find another and live happily forever.                                                                                                                   Rossa

15.   The main idea of the first paragraph is that ........A. the writer wants to get marriedB. the writer has been dating for yearsC. the writer has a problem with his girl friendD. the writer feels sure that they love each otherE. the writer's parents disapprove of his relationshipJawaban : C

16.   Which of the following sentences is TRUE according to the text ?A. Rio is not ready to get married.B. Rio's parents disagree to his marriage.C. Rio and his girl friend often got conflicts.D. Rio's girl friend didn't really love Rio.E. Rio's girl friend couldn't defend her love for Rio.Jawaban : E

17.   Why do the girl's parents disapprove of their marriage? Because ........A. they don't like Rio.B. the girl is still studying.C. Rio and his girl friend often got conflictsD. they keep the Karonese tradition.E. the girl has chosen another guy.Jawaban : D

18.   Rio cannot forget her girl friend because ........A. she is very prettyB. she is very faithfulC. she is his true love

D. she is his first loveE. she is his last love

Jawaban : C

          Uday and Qusay are killed and the delighted British and American governments suggest that Iraq will be a safer place. Yes, the Iraqis may well feel safer. And - with the dictator's brutal sons out of the way forever more confident about continuing the resistance against the American occupiers.          Shortly before their deaths were announced, Richard Gephardt, Democrat presidential hopeful, delivered a blistering attack on Bush's foreign policy which was driven, he said, by

"machismo" and "arrogant unilateralism". Bush, he continued, had treated U.S. allies "like so many flies on America's windshield". He added: "Foreign policy isn't a John Wayne movie."          The attack on the villa where Saddam's sons were hiding might be seen as driving home the point. Instead, the announcement that they had been killed by the U.S. troops in a shoot-out is welcomed by Tony Blair as "great news".

19.   The text mainly discusses about ........A. Uday and Qusay who killed U.S. troopsB. Uday and Qusay who are killed by U.S. troopsC. Richard Gephardt who attacked Bush's domestic policyD. The attack on the villa where Saddam Husein was hidingE. Tony Blair who is welcomed by Saddam's sons, Uday and QusayJawaban : B

20.   The main idea of paragraph 3 is that ........A. U.S. troops killed Saddam in the attack on the villa.B. Uday and Qusay had killed U.S. troops and Tony Blair.C. Tony Blair attacked the villa where Saddam's sons were hiding.D. Saddam was killed by Tony Blair and U.S. in Saddam's sons' villa.E. The announcement of Saddam's son's death is welcomed by Tony Blair.Jawaban : E

21.   Which statement is correct according to the text?A. John Wayne movie was presented to Bush arrogantly.B. Tony Blair received the "great news" of Bush and Gephardt's death.C. John Wayne was a movie star who attacked the villa of Saddam's sons.D. Richard Gephardt attacked Bush's foreign policy after uday and Qusay's death.E. The news of uday and Qusay's death made the British and American government

pleased.Jawaban : D

22.   "The attack on the villa where Saddam's sons were hiding might be seen as driving home the point." (Paragraph 3) The word attack has similar meaning to ........A. raidB. resistC. shield

D. defendE. withdraw

Jawaban : A

23.   " ... had killed Uday and Qusay."A. The IraqisB. Tony BlairC. U.S. troops

D. John WayneE. Richard Gephardt

Jawaban : C

At present, aeroplanes are playing a very important role to .....(24)..... one place to another.

People can go round the world just in a two day flight by the world's first supersonic airliner, Concorde, which .....(25)..... at a height of over 18.000 metres and .....(26)..... a speed of over 2.000 km per hour.

24.   A. disjoinB. partC. connect

D. separateE. divide

Jawaban : C

25.   A. goesB. fliesC. jumps

D. drivesE. comes

Jawaban : B

26.   A. cutsB. continuesC. moves

D. reachesE. limits

Jawaban : D

27.   X : I want you to meet William a new student. He is from Australia. Y : How do you do?Z : ........A. How do you doB. Hi, how are youC. Are you all right

D. Nice to meet you tooE. See you,later

Jawaban : A

28.   X  : I have to go to school, but look at the sky. It is very cloudy.       I think it is going to rain.Y  : ........A. You don't take an umbrellaB. I should take an umbrellaC. You are going to take an umbrellaD. I may, take an umbrellaE. You should take an umbrellaJawaban : E

29.   Toni left from Bandung this morning. What did you say?A. I said that Toni leaves for Bandung.B. I said that Toni will leave for Bandung.C. I said that Toni would leave for Bandung.D. I said that Toni had left for Bandung.E. I said that Toni was leaving for Bandung.Jawaban : D

30.   X : I need to talk to you. Could we meet at ninety nine cafe? Y : What time? X : After work at six p.m,Y : ........A. Surely no, wait for me there.B. Okay I'll be thereC. I'm sorry, I meet you thereD. Sure, but I work over timeE. Next time, I will be there.Jawaban : B

31.   X : Here we are. Let's see the menu.       There is a tomato juice or an orange juice.Y :  What do you prefer?X : ........A. I prefer orange juice better.B. I prefer orange juice than tomato juice.C. I like orange juice better to tomato juice.D. I like orange juice to tomato juice better:E. I'd rather have orange juice than tomato juice.Jawaban : E

32.   X : Would you like milk or sugar in your coffee? Y : Neither thank you. X : Sorry what do you want?Y : ........A. coffee not teaB. tea not coffeeC. nothing to drinkD. black coffee without sugarE. either not milk or sugar in the coffeeJawaban : E

33.   X : Could you tell me when I can see the director please?Y : ........A. I will give you some money now.B. You can give me your schedule tomorrow.C. Yes, you could tell me now.D. I will swim in the sea tomorrow.E. Let me check the schedule first.Jawaban : E

34.   The manager always comes early to the office. I wonder where he lives. I often see him driving his car to jalan Pakubuwono Kebayoran Baru. So he leaves not far from the office then.What is the dialogue about?

A. The manager's carB. The manager's officeC. The manager's house

D. The manager's addressE. The manager's driver

Jawaban : D

35.   Although the telephone was patented by Alexander Graham Bell in 1876. The first transatlantic telephone cable went into operation eighty years later. When the transatlantic telephone cable go into operation?A. When he was still aliveB. Soon after he invented the telephoneC. Before he patented his inventionD. In 1796E. In 1956Jawaban : E

36.   1. The aim of a political party is to elect officials who will try to carry their interests. 2. A large political party usually has millions of members and supporters. 3. A political party is a group organized to support certain policies on questions of     public interests. 4. When people in a democracy disagree about what the government should do,     each voter expresses his opinion by voting for the candidate that supports his     side of the argument. 5. The questions may range from issues of peace, war and taxes, to how people     should earn a living. The best order of the sentences above is ........A. 3-2-1-4-5B. 2-1-3-4-5C. 2-1-4-3-5

D. 2-1-3-5-4E. 3-2-4-5-1

Jawaban : A

37.   1. I decided to apply for the job. 2. I saw an interesting job advertised in the paper last week. 3. Then I went to the address in the advertisement. 4. I telephoned the company to see if the job was still vacant. 5. The next morning I put on my best set of clothes. 6. They told me to come to the office the next day for an interview. 7. After asking me a lot of questions the manager offered me the job. 8. I was asked to go into the managers's office. The best arrangement of the sentences to make a good paragraph is ........A. 1-2-4-6-5-3-7-8B. 2-1-4-6-5-3-8-7C. 2-3-1-4-5-6-8-7

D. 1-2-3-4-8-5-6-7E. 1-2-4-5-8-6-7-8

Jawaban : B

38.   Jack  : Rita, ............ Rita   : Pleased to meet you. Don.

Don   : Pleased to meet you too.A. Don is my friendB. Don wants to meet youC. don't you know Don is my friendD. I'd like you to meet my friend DonE. please introduce yourself to DonJawaban : D

39.   Mother : Clean your room, Siska ! Siska    : Yes, mom. Vinda   : What did your mother tell you, Siska? Siska    : She told me ........A. clean my roomB. to clean my roomC. to clean your room

D. cleaned my roomE. clean your room

Jawaban : B

40.   Nuki     : What was your sister doing when you arrived home last night? Rendra  : She ........ in the kitchen.A. cooksB. is cookingC. has cooked

D. has been cookingE. was cooking

Jawaban : E

41.   Ina   : Why are you sleepy in class? Ines  : Do I look sleepy, Na? I am not sleepy, but I have a painful stomach ache. Ina   : You should go to the doctor. Come on I'll accompany you. The underlined words express ........A. disagreementB. satisfactionC. obligation

D. offeringE. advice

Jawaban : E

42.   "Watch the TV tonight. My daughter is on TV channel 5 at eight. She always makes me happy." "Sure, I will." From the underlined words we know that the first speaker feels ........ her daughter.A. proud ofB. angry withC. worried about

D. disappointed atE. doubtful about

Jawaban : A

43.   A : Have you heard that uncle Joe will come next week? B : Oh. really? When did he tell you? A : Last week. The underlined sentence is used to express ........

A. happinessB. pleasureC. surprise

D. enjoymentE. curiousity

Jawaban : C

44.   "What a beautiful voice. She is a talented singer." "She ........ since she was a child."A. sangB. singsC. is singing

D. had been singingE. has been singing

Jawaban : E

45.   Mary introduced me to her former lecturer ........ she married after she had graduated.A. of whomB. whoseC. of which

D. whomE. who

Jawaban : D

46.   Atik : When will your sister finish her study? Mirna : I hope she .......... by July next year.A. will have graduatedB. has graduatedC. will graduate

D. is going to graduateE. intends to graduate

Jawaban : A

47.   Niluh  : I saw Sofyan come by bus this morning.Where is his car? Andi   : His car is out of order so he asked the mechanic to repair it. From the dialogue we conclude that ........A. Sofyan had repaired his carB. Sofyan had his car repairedC. the mechanic asked to repair the carD. the mechanic asked Sofyan to repair the carE. the mechanic and Sofyan repaired the carJawaban : B

48.   Mr. Anwar    : Are you pleased that your son wants to be a dentist? Mr. Rahman  : No, not really. I wish my son became a manager of my shoe-store. The underlined expression means that .........A. Mr. Rahman's son is a manager.B. Mr. Rahman wants his son to be a manager.C. Mr. Rahman's son is running,a shoe-store business.D. Mr. Rahman's son was not a dentist.E. Mr. Rahman's son was the manager of the shoe-store.Jawaban : B

49.   Jaya     : Why are you still here?

              Didn't you tell me that you would go to Jakarta today? Setiadi : I would have been in Jakarta if the bus had not got an accident. The underlined utterance means..........A. Setiadi is in JakartaB. Setiadi went to JakartaC. The bus was safe

D. Jaya went to JakartaE. The bus got an accident

Jawaban : E

50.   Student 1 : Andi is late again. Student 2 : He is never on time. I think he .......... earlier.A. could have wokenB. ought to wakeC. should have woken

D. might have wokenE. would have woken

Jawaban : C

51.   Some pollutants are always ..........., because they are dangerous.A. unavailableB. undesirableC. unchangeable

D. unsuitableE. unavoidable

Jawaban : A

52.   New research suggests that men and women should consider ........... cigarettes with carrots, which are rich with betacarotene.A. findingB. knowingC. searching

D. recognizingE. replacing.

Jawaban : E

53.   To accelerate the economic growth, social progress and cultural development is one purpose of ASEAN. "To accelerate" means ........A. hold upB. keep backC. speed up

D. turn onE. slowdown

Jawaban : C

54.   The government has taken steps toward banning certain jobs for children in order to protect them. The underlined word means ........A. warningB. crossingC. preventing

D. forbiddingE. eliminating

Jawaban : D

55.   Jack was promoted area manager at Balik Papan but he objected.

The underlined word means ........A. disapprovedB. criticizedC. delighted

D. defendedE. delayed

Jawaban : A

56.   The company's finances should be strong enough to develop productively.The underlined word means ........A. fundsB. loanC. grant

D. creditE. investment

Jawaban : A

57.   Mother Theresa was awarded the Nobel peace prize in 1979 for her work among the homeless.The underlined word means ... .A. celebratedB. dedicatedC. granted

D. provedE. attacked

Jawaban : C

58.   

The man in the picture is ........A. pilotB. stewardC. a policeman

D. a bus driverE. a manager

Jawaban : A

59.   

What are the young couple doing?A. They are having meals at a restaurant.B. They are talking in-the classroom

C. The man is singing a song for his girlD. They are sitting relaxly in the parkE. They are sitting next to each otherJawaban : A

60.   

What are they doing?A. The woman is talking to her friendB. The man is whispering something to his wifeC. The woman is whispering something to her friendD. The two woman are using glassesE. The two woman are listening to their friend.Jawaban : C

LATIHAN 17

       The Buyat Bay, issue has been a hot topic these past two weeks.       However, no party has claimed responsibility for the pollution in the bay. This country is suffering from an old illness : it cannot see the culprits even though it could - if it wanted to.       The issue started when a non-governmental organization discovered that a number of people living near the bay in South Minahasa district, North Sulawesi province, were suffering from skin diseases.       Blood tests showed that some had high levels of mercury in their blood.       Public opinion then turned against the subsidiary of U.S based Newmont Minahasa Corp. PT Newmont Minahasa Raya, accusing it of causing the pollution by dumping its tailings in the bay.

1.   This text mainly talks about ........A. the pollution in the bayB. the discovery of pollution by a non government organizationC. the failure of the government to find the culpritsD. the skin disease of the people living in Buyat BayE. the Buyat Bay issueJawaban : E

2.   "Public opinion then turned ........ by dumping its tailings in the bay." (Paragraph 5)

The underlined word means ........ in a careless manner.A. unloadingB. pilingC. burying

D. packingE. covering

Jawaban : C

          Nuclear power seems in some ways much cleaner than other sources of energy. Take oil or coal as an example. When they are used in power stations, a great deal of smoke is produced. The smoke contains a great deal of acid. Even if the smoke is cleaned by filters, a lot of the acid still escapes into the air. This can be carried by clouds from power stations in England to Scandinavia. When it rains there, the acid comes down with the rain. As a result, the fish, in lakes and trees in forests begin to die.          But many people are still against nuclear power. They believe that the problem is not just the danger of an accident in the atomic power stations. Highly radioactive material is used. Radioactivity can cause cancer and other illnesses. Only a part of the material is used. The rest - called waste - is just as radioactive. Although it is still highly dangerous, this radioactive waste is often thrown into the sea. Nobody can be certain what will happen to it there. Only one thing is certain. It will be highly dangerous for at least 240.000 years.

3.   What is mainly discussed in the text ?A. The acid rain.B. An alternative energy.C. An atomic power station.

D. Highly radioactive material.E. The advantages and disadvantages of

nuclear power.Jawaban : E

4.   The main idea of paragraph 2 is that ........A. Nuclear power is very dangerousB. Radioactivity may cause some diseasesC. Radioactive material is highly dangerous for man's life.D. Many people disagree with the use of nuclear powerE. Radioactive waste will be highly dangerous for at least 240.000 yearsJawaban : D

5.   All of the following statements are true, EXCEPT ........A. Acid rain makes plants fertileB. The smoke produced by the burning coal contains a lot of acidC. Nuclear power may cause some health problemsD. People should be aware of the danger of radioactive wasteE. When oil or coal is burned, it produces some smokeJawaban : A

6.   "Nobody can be certain what will happen to it there," (paragaraph 2) The underlined word means ........A. locateB. existC. come

D. occurE. last

Jawaban : D

          Each society has its own beliefs, attitudes, customs, behaviours, and social habits. These give people a sense of who they are, how they should behave, and what they should or should not do. These 'rules' reflect the 'culture' of a country.          People become conscious of such rules when they meet people from different cultures. For example, in some. cultures, being on time can mean turning up several hours late for an appointment, even for a business meeting; in others, 3 p.m. means 3 p.m. Also, the rules about when to eat vary from culture to culture. Many North Americans and Europeans are used to having three mealtimes a day and organizing their timetable around them. In some countries, on the other hand, people often do not have strict rules like this - people eat when they want to and every family has its own time table.          When people visit or live in a country for the first time, they are often surprised at the differences that exist between their own culture and that in the other country. The most common way of comparing two cultures is in terms of their differences - not their similarities.

7.   What does the writer want to tell you?A. Strict rules.B. Mealtimes day.C. Culture differences.

D. Culture in a country.E. Culture similarities.

Jawaban : C

8.   New comers often feel ........ because their own culture is not similar to that in the new country.A. astoundedB. boredC. disturb

D. uninterestedE. embarrassed

Jawaban : A

9.   Which statement is TRUE according to the text ?A. There are no people, becoming conscious of a new cuttura,B. There are no countries having strict rules of mealtimes.C. There are no strict rules of mealtimes in some countries.D. There are no problems for people who visit a coutry for the first time.E. There are no similarities between a culture is one country and that in another.Jawaban : C

10.   "Being on time can mean turning up several hours late ..." (Paragraph 2). The underlined words mean ........A. arrivingB. emergingC. appearing

D. exposingE. displaying

Jawaban : C

11.   In some cultures people may ........ for a business meeting.

A. come lateB. eat strictlyC. be surprised

D. behave differentlyE. use their own time table

Jawaban : A

          The problem of over population in Indonesia is made worse by the fact that fifty percent of all Indonesians are below the age of eighteen years. Most of them are dependents. They do not earn money to support themselves and are in need of many facilities like food, medical care, clothing, education, and employment opportunities. Although a large number of them are forced to drop out of school to earn a living, the government. still has to spent a very large part of its revenue  on education. Then comes the problem of creating enough jobs for every new generation of school leavers or college graduates.          Although the problem of overcrowded cities is difficult to solve, there is a solution to the problem of people living in overcrowded areas of the countryside. The solution is internal migration. This means moving poor people from the countryside to different but underdeveloped parts of Indonesia, where they may work to build a new life themselves. In Indonesia, there are large and active resettlement programmes  of his sort which have given a new life to thousands of people.

12.   What is mainly discussed in the text?A. Population problem.B. Migration in Indonesia.C. How to solve unemployment in Indonesia.D. Overcrowded citiesE. A new life for thousands of peopleJawaban : A

13.   Tlae main idea of paragraph one is that ........A. Most of the youth are joblessB. The elderly are more than the youthC. The youth earn money to support themselves.D. Indonesians lack employment opportunitiesE. Fifty percents of Indonesians are dependentsJawaban : A

14.   Which sentence is TRUE according to the text?A. Creating enough jobs for the young is not urgent.B. Less than fifty percent of Indonesians are dependents.C. There is no solution to the problem of overcrowded cities.D. The only way to solve problem of over populatlon is by internal migration.E. Employment opporcunities cannot help solve the over population problem.Jawaban : D

15.   " ........ government still has to spend a very large part of ........" (paragraph 1)The meaning of the underlined word is ........A. bring up D. use up

B. give outC. take off

E. take up

Jawaban : D

16.   " ........ from the countryside to different but underdeveloped parts of Indonesia." (paragraph l ).The antonym of underlined word is ........A. developingB. developedC. isolated

D. neglectedE. growing

Jawaban : E

Flood is a body of water that covers normally dry land. Most floods are harmful. They may ....(17).... homes and other properties and even carry off the top soil leaving the land ....(18).... When people are not prepared, sudden and violent floods may bring huge ....(19).....

17.   A. destroyB. breakC. bunt

D. fallE. drop

Jawaban : A

18.   A. dryB. wetC. helpful

D. barrenE. fertile

Jawaban : E

19.   A. advantagesB. demolitionC. benefits

D. questionsE. losses

Jawaban : B

20.   Doctor       :  What's happened to your son, Mrs. Rina? Mrs. Rina   :  He said ........ a terrible pain in his stomach.A. that he feltB. that her feelsC. if he is feeling

D. whether he feltE. that he is feeling

Jawaban : A

21.   James  : Why didn't you answer my call? Peter   : Sorry ........A. I was feeding my cattleB. I have fed my cattleC. I fed my cattle

D. I had fed all my cattleE. I'll feed my cattle

Jawaban : A

22.   Rindu   :  Mom, I am nominated in the singing contest

Mama  :  Great! I'm really proud of you.The underlined utterance is an expression ........A. willB. prideC. hope

D. planE. satisfaction

Jawaban : B

23.   Rina      :  May I go to Pangandaran, Mom? Mother  : Yes, but don't forget to take care of yourself.Rina      : Thanks, Mom.From the dialogue above, we know that mother ........ Rina togo to Pangandaran.A. allowsB. ordersC. forbids

D. avoidsE. stops

Jawaban : A

24.   Student  : ........ to carry these books to your room, sir? Teapher : No, thanks, Ican do it myselfA. Do you wantB. Shall I doC. Can you help

D. May I help youE. Do you mind

Jawaban : D

25.   Bobby  : ........ you will do your best in the competition this season. Brenda : Well, everybody expects that, and I feel certain about it anyway.A. I believeB. I don't careC. I congratulate

D. It's a pityE. It's nothing

Jawaban : A

26.   X : Tom, what happened to your leg? Y : I fell when, I was playing football and my leg broke. X : ........ you'd better the a rest,A. Oh, poor youB. That's greatC. That's fantastic

D. How lucky you areE. I don't know what to do ,

Jawaban : A

27.   Wido          :  Would you like me to carry these books, sir?Mr Sumadi  :  Sure, thank you very Much. The underlined expression shows ........A. offering to do somethingB. asking to do somethingC. apologizing for someone's mistakeD. disagreeing with someone's opinionE. greeting someone

Jawaban : A

28.   X  :  There will be a party at my house tonight, Would you like to come?Y  :  I'd love to, but I have an appoinment with my colleague. From the dialog we know that the second speaker ........ the invitation.A. givesB. declinesC. takes

D. lovesE. enjoys

Jawaban : B

29.   Raissa  :  I'm sorry, I can't leave now. We have to practise the last part of the drama but               we ........ by six o'clock. Rezza   :  Don't worry. I'll wait until you finished.A. finishB. will finishC. have finished

D. are finishingE. will have finished

Jawaban : B

30.   Ridwan  :  Do you think our youth have the competence to keep up with                 the Americans in technology? Ade       :  I don't think so because it needs a lot of money. The underlined word means ........A. knowledgeB. clevernessC. capability

D. experimentE. profession

Jawaban : C

31.   A  : You have only a few minutes before the train leaves, or you ........ it.B  :  Thank you for reminding me.A. might missB. have missedC. are missing

D. have to missE. should have missed

Jawaban : D

32.   Ina  :  What do you think of your new red dress? Eta  :  ........ It goes with my shoes.Ina  :  I think so. You look beautiful on it.Eta  :  Thank,you.A. I am very satisfied with itB. I don't think soC. Sorry to hear that

D. I don't like itE. It's too difficult to do

Jawaban : A

33.   X  :  Why didn't you ride your motor-cycle here?Y  :  It ........ last week.A. sells D. is being sold

B. was soldC. has to sell

E. has been sold

Jawaban : B

34.   Shifa   :  It's difficult for me to solve the mathematics problem. I can't do it myself.Radita :  Let's solve it together, I'll have my brother ........ us if we can't do it.A. helpB. to helpC. helps

D. helpedE. helping

Jawaban : C

35.   Andre    :  Did you join the trip last holiday? Firdaus  :  If my father had given me permission, I would have joined it. From the dialogue we know that ........A. Firdaus joined the tripB. Andre didn't join the tripC. Firdaus really wanted to join the trip but he didn'tD. Andre wanted Firdaus to join the tripE. Firdaus' father permitted him to join the tripJawaban : C

36.   Sherly  : Billows of smoke from the forest fires in Jambi, Riau and West Kalimantan              are becoming thicker and thicker. They have harmful effects on our health              and daily activities. Raissa : That's right. I think the government ........ people to understand the value of              forests and stop their bad habits.A. educatedB. have educatedC. are educating

D. would educateE. should have educated

Jawaban : E

37.   Curiosity is a characteristic shown by many other animals, but organizing and ........  knowledge is a skill demonstrated by humans alone.A. discoveringB. doingC. making

D. recordingE. writing

Jawaban : A

38.   Thailand, which has already won three gold medals at the Athens Olympics, will bid to host the games in 2016, media reports ........ on Sunday.A. saidB. claimedC. purposed

D. demandedE. justified

Jawaban : A

39.   Hellen Keller Was known and admired throughout the world for the way she overcame

her handicaps. The underlined word means ........A. clarity in speakingB. curiosity among friendsC. ability to do something goodD. difficulty in understanding somethingE. disability of a person's bodyJawaban : D

40.   The island over there is not occupied. The underlined words mean ........A. isolatedB. infertileC. uninhabite

D. incontinentE. uninteresting

Jawaban : C

LATIHAN 18

     "Koko, where are you?" Hamid called softly to his cat.      "He may have wandered to the harbour," said Hamid's friend, Muchtar.     Soon, the boys were at the harbour's gate, marked 'Gate 6', of Priok Harbour. Two policemen were guarding the gate. The boys moved quietly so that the policemen would not see them. The boys knew the policemen would chase them away if they saw them.     The boys knew Koko was somewhere neat the gate because they had heard him meowing. The sound seemed to have come from a taxi that was parked near by. Hamid and Muchtar saw two men standing beside the taxi. The men were talking in low tones. Then, one of them opened the carboot, and Hamid saw Koko crouching among some bags.      Not long after that, the men left. Hamid quickly ran to the taxi. Finding the boat unlocked, Hamid lifted the lid. What a shock! There were bags of explosive! At the moment, Hamid heard the men coming back. He swept Koko into his arms and ran back to where Muchtar was keeping watch.     "Those men are smugglers trying to bring explosive into the harbour," Hamid whispered to Muchtar.     "What shall we do?" asked Muchtar fearfully.     "We must alert the policemen at the gate," Hamid said.The boys moved cautiously until they reached the gate. Hamid told the policemen what he had seen. The policemen did not really believe him, but they went with the boys to the taxi. The policemen were just in time to see the men taking the bags of explosive out of the boot.     The policemen quickly stopped the men and handcuffed them.

1.   Where did the two boys see the smugglers ........A. Somewhere near the harbour.B. At the guarded gate.C. At Priok harbour.

D. Near a taxi.E. At gate 6.

Jawaban : D

2.   The purpose of the text is to ........A. tell past eventsB. entertain readersC. describe the smugglersD. report an event to the policeE. inform readers about events of the dayJawaban : A

3.   Hamid ........ when he saw bags of explosives inside the boot.A. ran back to Muchtar's placeB. swept Koko into his armsC. found the boot unlocked

D. left the taxi quicklyE. was very shocked

Jawaban : E

4.   "The policemen quickly stopped the men and handcuffed them." (The last paragraph) This part of the text is called ........A. resolutionB. orientationC. description

D. reorientationE. complication

Jawaban : A

     Once upon a time there was a poor widow who had an only son named Jack. They were so poor that they didn't have anything except a cow. When the cow had grown too old, his mother sent Jack to the market to sell it. On the way to the market, Jack met a butcher who had some beautiful beans in his hand. The butcher told the boy that the beans were of great value and persuaded the silly fad to sell the cow for the beans.     Jack brought them happily. When he told his mother about this, his mother became so angry that she threw the beans out of the window.      When Jack woke up in the morning, he felt the sun shining into a part of his room but all the rest was quite dark and shady.     So he jumped to the window. What did he see? The beanstalk grew up quite close past Jack's window. He opened the window and jumped to the beanstalk which ran up just like a big ladder.     He climbed ... and climbed till at last he reached the sky. While looking around, he saw a very huge castle. He was very amazed.     Then Jack walked along the path leading to the castle. There was a big tall woman on the doorstep. Jack greeted her and asked for the giantess mercy to give him breakfast, because he

felt very hungry. Although the giantess grumbled at first, finally she gave Jack a hunk of bread and cheese and a jug of milk.     Jack hadn't finished when the whole house, began to tremble with the noise of someone's coming. "Oh! It's my husband!" cried the giantess. "What on earth shall I do?"     Hastily the giantess opened a very big cupboard and hid Jack there.

5.   Where did Jack sell his cow ........A. At a castle.B. At the market.C. At the giant's castle.

D. At the butcher's house.E. On the way to the market.

Jawaban : E

6.   What is the story about ........A. Jack and a butcher.B. Jack and the giantess.C. Jack and the bean stalk.

D. A poor widow and his son.E. The giantess and her husband.

Jawaban : C

7.   "Oh! It's my husband!" cried the giantess. (Paragraph 7) "What on earth shall I do?" From the sentence we know that the giantess is ........ her husband.A. afraid ofB. angry withC. fed up with

D. annoyed withE. displeased with.

Jawaban : A

8.   Jack's mother looked very furious when Jack told that ........A. the beans were preciousB. the butcher bought his cowC. he had sold his cow to a butcherD. he traded his cow for the beansE. he met a butcher on the way to the marketJawaban : D

9.   What do we learn from the text ........A. Sincerity makes Jack get something precious.B. Jack's mother was a furious mother.C. Poverty makes people hopeless.D. The giantess took pity on Jack.E. Jack was an innocent boy.Jawaban : A

     Silkworms live for only two or three days after laying eggs. About 36,000 to 50,000 eggs are laid, and these are carefully stored at the silkworm farm until they are ready to hatch. The eggs hatch into caterpillars, which feed on mulberry leaves. Soon, the caterpillars are ready to spin their cocoons. Not all caterpillars can spin silk cocoons.

Only the caterpillars of a silkworm moth known as 'Bombyx mari' can do such spinning.     This caterpillar has special glands which secrete liquid silk through its lower lip. The liquid produced later hardens to form tine strands. The caterpillar makes its cocoons using these strands. The threads on the outside of the cocoon are rough, while those inside are soft and smooth.     Some fully-spun cocoons are heated. This kills the pupa inside. The cocoons are then put into hot water to loosen the fine threads. Finally, these threads are reeled off the cocoons.     The length of unbroken thread produced by a single cocoon measures about one-and-a-half kilometers. Being twisted together several of these threads make single woven materials.

10.   What is the purpose of the text ........A. To persuade readers to buy silk.B. To put silk into different categories.C. To entertain readers with the knowledge.D. To present some points of view about silk.E. To describe how silk comes into existence.Jawaban : E

11.   How are the threads on the outside of the cocoon ........A. Fine.B. Soft.C. Rough.

D. Strong.E. Smooth.

Jawaban : C

12.   What are mulberry leaves for ........A. Feeding caterpillars.B. Spinning cocoons.C. Storing threads.

D. Hatching eggs.E. Laying eggs.

Jawaban : A

     The sense of taste is one of a person's five senses. We taste with the help of taste-buds in the tongue.     There are four main kinds of taste: sweet, sour, salty, and bitter. All other tastes are just mixtures of two or more of these main types.     The surface of the tongue has more than fifteen thousand taste-buds (or cells). These are connected to the brain by special nerves which send the so-called 'tastes messages.     When the tongue comes into contact with food of any kind, the taste-buds will pick up the taste. The nerves then send a message to the brain. This will make us aware of the taste. All this happens in just a few seconds.    There are four kinds of taste-buds, each of which is sensitive to only a particular taste. These four groups are located in different parts of the tongue.    The taste-buds for salty and sweet tastes are found round the tip of the tongue and along its sides. Sour tastes can be picked up only at the sides of the tongue. The taste-buds of the bitter taste are found at the innermost edge of the tongue. There are taste-buds at the centre of the tongue.     The senses of smell and sight can affect taste. The good smell of food increases its taste.

Similarly, attractive colours can make food appear tastier and more delicious. If food does not smell good or is dull-coloured, it will look tasty and may not taste good at all.     Very hot or cold sensations can make the taste-buds insensitive. Food that is too hot or too cold, when placed in the mouth, will have no tastes at all.

13.   We can taste any kind of food because of ........A. the good smell of foodB. the four main kinds of tasteC. the taste-buds in the tongueD. the senses of smell and sightE. the taste-buds round the tip of the tongueJawaban : C

14.   When we eat very hot or cold food ........A. the food will lose its tasteB. the food won't smell goodC. the taste of the food increasesD. the taste-buds will be sensitiveE. the taste-buds will be very, responsiveJawaban : A

15.   The senses of smell and sight ........A. increase the taste of the foodB. affect the taste of the foodC. make food more deliciousD. make the food look goodE. make the food attractiveJawaban : B

16.   The purpose of the text is ........A. to explain how we can taste any food in the mouthB. to give a report about the sense of tasteC. to inform how important the tongue isD. to describe the use of the tongueE. to tell the taste of the foodJawaban : B

Lyme Regis is a beautiful old seaside town, with a lively little harbour, beaches, and lovely walks, either by the sea or in the country nearby. For children there is the Marine Aquarium and Dinosaur land, and in summer you can escape from the crowds and relax in the Jane Austen Gardens with beautiful views over the sea. There are many interesting old streets with cafes and restaurants. The best restaurant is the Pilot Boat down by the beach, which has very good food and excellent wine.

17.   Many tourists are interested in coming to Lyme Regis. This means that Lyme Regis is ........

A. amazingB. excellentC. attractive

D. delightfulE. advantageous

Jawaban : C

18.   The purpose of the text is ........A. to describe Lyme RegisB. to describe the way people liveC. to describe how Lyme Regis isD. to inform some beautiful placesE. to amuse readers with a beautiful objectJawaban : A

19.   "... and in summer you can escape from crowds ..." The italic phrase means ........A. findB. keepC. loose

D. avoidE. release

Jawaban : D

MELBOURNE, Jan 22 (UPI) - Fire authorities in four Australian states are to control bushfires fanned by strong winds and searing temperatures.

          The Australian reported Sunday that blazes continued to burn in South Australia, Tasmania, Western Australia and Victoria, where up to six homes have been destroyed. In South Australia, much of Adelaide is engulfed in thick smoke. The firefighters who are confronted by blast-furnace winds try to bring the flames under control.          At Robertstown in the state's mid-north, more than 2,500 acres have already burned. Another bushfire, started by lightning, charred the earth near Mouth Flat on the southern side of Kangaroo Island, while Ngarkat Conservation Park, in the State's upper-southeast, is also a blaze.          A 7,500-acres fire at Mount Agnew in Zeehan, in the state's west, broke containment lines Saturday afternoon, jumping a road and coming close to homes.          The most serious fires were in Victoria, where up to six homes were destroyed by a fire near the town of Anakie, 36 miles west of Melbourne.          In Tasmania, falling temperatures and patchy, rain brought some relief to firefighters, who continued to monitor 22 blazes across the state.

20.   The writer wrote the text to ........ readers about newsworthy events in four Australian states.A. entertainB. persuadeC. explain

D. informE. amuse

Jawaban : D

21.   What is the text about ........

A. Fires in some areas of Australia.B. Weather effect on fire.C. The effects of fires.

D. The danger of fire.E. The cause of fire.

Jawaban : A

22.   The fires increasingly happened parts of Australia because of ........A. strong winds and searing temperaturesB. falling temperaturesC. thick smokeD. heavy rainE. lightningJawaban : A

23.   The reporter most likely got the information from ........A. visitorsB. touristsC. commuters

D. fire fightersE. homeless people

Jawaban : D

24.   "..., while Ngarkat Conservation Park, in the state's upper-southeast, is also a blaze." (Paragraph 3) What do the italic words mean ........A. dangerousB. coveredC. isolated

D. on fireE. at risk

Jawaban : D

25.   The purpose of the text is ........A. to inform what PacAtta Signature Pursuit isB. to share amusing events of the day with readersC. to explain how PacAtta Signature Pursuit help youD. to announce readers to join PacAtta Signature . PursuitE. to inform readers how to join PacAtta Signature PursuitJawaban : C

26.   The text is about ........A. a mailing systemB. C.O.D informationC. USP signature tracking

D. the cost of delivery systemE. an announcement from PacAtta S.P

Jawaban : E

27.   C.O.D information is ........A. the cost of deliveryB. the reference number informationC. the cite of destination of the packageD. information about customer paymentE. the weight and dimensions of a packageJawaban : A

28.   "These new feature can help streamline your billing tasks, ..." The italic word means ........A. ideaB. aspectC. opinion

D. thoughtE. phenomena

Jawaban : B

                                                 FILMS INTACT

2002 Juan Carlos Fresnadillo,          Federico and Sam are two lucky men, Federico survived an earthquake and has the power to wrench fortune from those around him: he has the gift, Sam is a survivor of the Jewish holocaust and manages a casino in the middle of a lava desert. One day Federico challenges Sam, who expels him from paradise, taking his gift from him.          Years later, Federico thinks that he has found in Tomas, the only survivor of an air accident, the instrument of his vengeance. By teaching him to control fortune, he can use him to return to the casino and challenge the God of fortune. Together they begin a journey of initiation, a succession of ever more strange and difficult tests in which the highest bet is the luck of others; luck, which in this game is captured in a simple photograph. Everything goes well until Sara, a policewoman who survives a car accident which kills her family, becomes obsessed with discovering what is behind these clandestine games in which death and luck become enmeshed. In which only one can remain intact. This film is really worth watching.

29.   The purpose of the text is ........A. to describe a filmB. to describe how a film is madeC. to inform readers about a good filmD. to entertain readers by telling a storyE. to review a film for a public audienceJawaban : E

30.   After reading the review, how would you judge this film ........A. Bad.B. Fait.C. Not bad.

D. Mediocre.E. Excellent.

Jawaban : E

31.   What does the writer suggest to the audience ........A. The film is forgettable.B. They should watch the film.C. They should neglect the film.D. They should make another film.E. The writer should promote the film.Jawaban : B

          To improve comfort and cleanliness at our school, a number of dust bins should be increased.          When we look at classrooms, school corridors and school yard, there are papers, mineral water cups, straws, and napkins here and there. The condition of uncleanliness and discomfort really hinders learning and teaching environment. Litters thrown carelessly cause disease, especially empty plastic cups or glasses. They can be filled out with water coming from the rain. This can be placed for dengue mosquitoes to spread out. Besides, these rubbish can deteriorate the scene. Well painted wall and green school yard do not mean anything if litters are scattered everywhere.          Anyway I notice that most of the students in our school have responsibilities for their school environment. They put their litters on the proper places. But some are not diligent enough to find the dust bins. The numbers of dust bins in our schools are not enough. More dust bins should be put beside each of steps, outside, of the classrooms, and some more along the corridors. Probably one dust bin should be in every ten meters. So when students want to throw away their litters, they can find the dust bins easily.          When school is equipped with sufficient dust bins, we do not have problems of filth and discomfort any more. Our school will be very clean and become a nice place to study.

32.   What is the writer's intention? To ........ readers to do something good.A. inform.B. explain.C. describe.

D. entertain.E. persuade.

Jawaban : E

33.   According to the writer, more dust bins ........ in every ten meters.A. should be decoratedB. should be paintedC. should be placed

D. are unnecessaryE. are not required

Jawaban : C

34.   What is the writer's argument on a sufficient number of dust bins ........A. They can prevent litters.B. They can save janitor's energy.C. Students are asked to clean them.D. They make school environment neat.E. Students can throw garbage away easily.Jawaban : D

35.   What is the writer's suggestion ........A. To buy more dust bins.B. To hire more gardeners.C. To use dust bins efficiently.D. To ask parents to give more dust bins.E. To ask students to clean the school yard.Jawaban : A

LATIHAN 19

1.   In which section would you likely read the ad?A. Company for sale.B. Office equipment.C. Job vacancy.

D. Entertainment Guide,E. Stationary and office.

Jawaban : C

2.   What position is offered in the advertisement?A. Salesman. D. Office staff.

B. Wholesaler.C. Accountant.

E. Director assistant.

Jawaban : C

3.   Apply with curriculum vitae to Mrs. Barton.What information should the applicant include in it ?A. Experience in managing a company.B. A statement of salary wanted.C. A prove of knowing about stationary.D. A statement of responsibility.E. A statement of education and work experience.Jawaban : E

          Once upon a time, a rabbit wanted to cross a river but he could not swim. He had an idea. He saw a boss of crocodile swimming in the river. The rabbit asked the boss of crocodile, "How many crocodiles are there in the river'?" The boss of crocodile answered, "We are twenty here." "Where are they?" the rabbit asked for the second time. "What is it for?" the boss of crocodile asked.          "All of you are good, nice, gentle and kind, so I want to make a line in order. Later I will know how kind you are," said the rabbit. Then, the boss of the crocodile called all his friends and asked them to make a line in order from one side to the other side of the river. Just then, the rabbit started to count while jumping from one crocodile to another : one ... two ... three ... four ... until twenty, and finally, he thanked all crocodiles because he had crossed the river.

4.   The story mainly tells us about ........A. twenty crocodilesB. the boss of the crocodileC. a rabbit and twenty crocodilesD. a rabbit and the boss of crocodileE. the boss of the crocodile and all his friendsJawaban : C

5.   We know from the first paragraph that the rabbit actually wanted ........A. to cross the riverB. to swim across the river

C. to meet the boss of crocodileD. to know where the crocodiles areE. to know the number of crocodiles thereJawaban : A

6.   All of you are good, nice gentle, and kind ...." (Paragraph 2) The underlined word is synonymous with ........A. wildB. diligentC. cheerful

D. easygoingE. honourable

Jawaban : E

                                            The University of Australia          The University of Australia has an international reputation for educational professionals and for applied research. It is Australia's largest university, with six campuses, including a specialized technology campus. The university places particular importance on the quality of its teaching and learning programs, and on its working links with industry, business and government.

7.   The whole paragraph promotes that ........A. the University of Australia offers excellent educational programsB. the University of Australia is the largest university in the countryC. the University of Australia has a specialized technology campusD. the university places particular importance on technologyE. the university has six campusesJawaban : A

8.   Which information is NOT TRUE about the University of Australia?A. It has an international educational reputation.B. It also has a specialized technology campus.C. It has six technology campuses.D. It is Australia's largest university.E. It has good relation with industry.Jawaban : C

9.   It is stated that the university has good relationship with ........A. educational professionalsB. specialized technologyC. large universities

D. other campusesE. industry

Jawaban : E

10.   "The University of Australia has an international educational reputation for ..."The underlined word means ........A. knowledgeB. prestigeC. attitude

D. characterE. interest

Jawaban : B

The police thought that two burglars started the robbery at 151 Pattimura street on Sunday afternoon. The burglars broke into the students' room while they were going to a football game. They never thought that while they were away, burglars would break into their boarding house.

11.   What happened to the students' room on Sunday afternoon?A. The police broke it.B. The police ruined it.C. Burglars broke into it.

D. 'Iwo burglars broke it.E. The students started to ruin it.

Jawaban : C

12.   The burglars broke into the room when the students ........A. were at a partyB. were taking a restC. were playing football

D. were at a football gameE. were watching football on TV

Jawaban : D

13.   "The burglars broke into the students room ...." The underlined phrase means ........A. broke forcefullyB. entered by forceC. put into pieces

D. easily enteredE. came into

Jawaban : B

14.   The students seem to think that ........A. they had locked their roomB. their boarding house was not safeC. their boarding house was in a safe areaD. thieves would easily break into their roomE. there would be a robbery in their boarding houseJawaban : C

An elephant is the largest and strongest of all animals. It is a strange looking animal with its thick legs, huge sides and backs, large hanging ears, a small tail, little eyes, long white tusks and above all it has a long nose, the trunk.

The trunk is the elephant's peculiar feature, and it has various uses. The elephant draws up water by its trunk and can squirt it all over its body like a shower bath. It can also lift leaves and puts them, into its mouth. In fact the trunk serves the elephant as a long arm and hand. An elephant looks very clumsy and heavy and yet it can move very quickly.

The elephant is very intelligent animal. Its intelligence combined with its great strength makes it a very useful servant to man and it can be trained to serve in various ways such as carry heavy loads, hunt for tigers and even fight.

15.   The third paragraph is mainly about the fact that ........A. elephants are strongB. elephants can lift logsC. elephants are servants

D. elephants are very usefulE. elephants must be trained

Jawaban : D

16.   Which of the following is NOT part of the elephant described in the first paragraph?A. It looks strangeB. It is heavyC. It is wild

D. It has a trunk.E. It has a small tail.

Jawaban : C

17.   It is stated in the text that the elephant uses the trunk to do the following, EXCEPT ........A. to eatB. to pushC. to drink

D. to carry thingsE. to squirt water over the body

Jawaban : B

18.   "The trunk is the elephant's peculiar feature ..." " (Paragraph 2) The underlined word is close in meaning to ........A. largeB. strangeC. tough

D. smoothE. long

Jawaban : B

          Have you ever wondered how people get chocolate from? In this Article we'll enter the amazing world of chocolate so you can understand exactly what you're eating.          Chocolate starts with a tree called the cacao tree. This tree grows in equatorial regions, especially in places such as South America, Africa, and Indonesia. The cacao tree produces a fruit about the size of a small pine apple. Inside the fruit are the tree's seeds, also known as cocoa beans.           The beans are fermented for about a week, dried in the sun and then shipped to the chocolate maker. The chocolate maker starts by roasting the beans to bring out the flavor. Different beans from different places have different qualities and flavor, so they are often sorted and blended to produce a distinctive mix. Next, the roasted beans are winnowed. Winnowing removes the meat nib of the cacao bean from its shell. Then, the nibs are blended. The blended nibs are ground to make it a liquid. The liquid is called chocolate liquor. It tastes bitter. All seeds contain some amount of fat, and cacao beans are not different. However, cacao beans are half fat, which is why the ground nibs form liquid. It's pure bitter Chocolate.

19.   The text is about ........A. the cacao treeB. the cacao beans

D. the making of chocolateE. the flavour of chocolate

C. the raw chocolateJawaban : D

20.   The third paragraph focuses on ........A. the process of producing chocolateB. how to produce the cocoa flavourC. where chocolate comes fromD. It the chocolate liquorE. the cacao fruitJawaban : A

21.   ".... so, they are often sorted and blended to produce ...." (Paragraph 3) The underlined word is close in meaning to ....A. arrangedB. combinedC. separated

D. distributedE. organized

Jawaban : C

22.   How does the chocolate maker start to make chocolate ?A. By fermenting the beans.B. By roasting the beans.C. By blending the beans.

D. By sorting the beans.E. By drying the beans.

Jawaban : B

Two students were discussing the school's new rule that all the students must wear a cap and a tie. One of them showed her annoyance. She said that wearing a cap and a tie was only suitable for a flag rising ceremony. So, she was against the rule. Contrary to the girl's opinion, the other student was glad with it. He said that he didn't mind with the new rule because wearing a cap and a tie will make the students look great and like real educated persons. The first student gave the reasons that they would feel uncomfortable and hot. Moreover, the classrooms were not air conditioned. The second said it wasn't a big problem. He was sure that the students would wear them proudly. They would surely be used to it any way.

23.   The two students are discussing ........A. the facilities in schoolB. their homeworkC. their uniform

D. their friendsE. their family

Jawaban : C

24.   The boy said that he agreed.with the new rule in his school. Which statement shows his agreement?A. He was not annoyed.B. He would not obey the rule.C. He didn't care of the rule.D. He didn't like wearing a cap and tie.

E. He didn't mind wearing a cap and tie.Jawaban : E

25.   The boy believed that all students would ........A. have a high spirit to studyB. solve their own problemsC. care for their environment

D. follow the new ruleE. feel uncomfortable

Jawaban : D

26.   "One of them showed her annoyance, ..."The underlined word is close in meaning to ........A. responsibilityB. displeasureC. agreement

D. applauseE. response

Jawaban : B

          SINGAPORE: A supervisor was jailed for two months for repeatedly striking his Indonesian maid on the head and back with a television remote.          Muhammad Shafiq Woon Abdullah was brought to court in Singapore because he had physically hurt the woman on several occasions between June and October 2002. the Straits Time said.          The magistrate's court heard that Shafiq, 31, began striking Winarti, 22, about a month after she started working for him.          He hit her on the head with the TV sets remote control because he was unhappy with her work. On one occasion, he punched her on the back after accusing her of daydreaming.          S.S. Dhillon, Shafiq's lawyer, said that his client had become mad when he saw his daughter's face covered as she was lying in bed. He said his Client thought the maid had put the child in danger.

27.   The text reported ........A. the arrest of a supervisorB. the working condition in SingaporeC. an Indonesian worker in SingaporeD. the Indonesian workers' condition in SingaporeE. a crime by a Singaporean supervisor towards his maidJawaban : E

28.   Which one of the following statements is TRUE according to the text ?A. A supervisor was put in jail for two years.B. The supervisor gave many kinds of jobs to the maid.C. The maid has been working for him for two months.D. Winarti struck the supervisor with a remote control.E. The supervisor hit his maid's head with the TV set's remote control.Jawaban : E

29.   " ... he physically hurt the woman ..." (Paragraph 2)

The underlined word is close in meaning to ........A. cutB. injuredC. offended

D. punishedE. damaged

Jawaban : B

30.   Why did Shafiq punch Winarti on her back? She was accused of ........A. talking much time for herselfB. not working properlyC. working carelessly

D. daydreamingE. being lazy

Jawaban : D

          Singapore is a city state, it is a city but it is also a state. It is a republic. Along with Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, the Philippines and Brunei, it belongs to ASEAN, the Association of South-East Asian Nations.          Like Indonesia, Singapore is a country of "Bhineka Tunggal Ika." Chinese, Malays. Indians and Eurasians make up its citizens. Other Asians, including Indonesians, Japanese, Philippines, Koreans, Thais and Arabs also live on that tiny island. Singapore is sometimes called "Instant Asia" because you can see varieties of customs, cultures, and foods of nearly all Asia in Singapore.

31.   The text mainly talks about Singapore as ........A. a nationB. an islandC. a republic

D. a city stateE. a memberof ASEAN

Jawaban : D

32.   Singapore's citizens consist of ........A. Brunei, IndiansB. Chinese, Thais and ArabC. Chinese, Malays, Indians, and EurasiansD. Eurasians and PhilippinesE. Asians and ArabsJawaban : E

33.   "... Koreans, Thais and Arabs live on that tiny island." (Paragraph 2). The underlined word may be replaced by "very ........"A. cuteB. hugeC. small

D. broadE. harrow

Jawaban : C

34.   Eka    : Are you free today? Lidya : Yes, what's up? Blur   : Would you like to come with me to see the "Peterpan" show tonight?

Lidya : Thanks, I'd be delighted to. It's my favourite band. What are the speakers going to do?A. To stay at home.B. To see Peterpan show.C. To arrange their free time.

D. To watch Peterpan at home.E. To come to their friend's house.

Jawaban : B

35.   Mira     : Hi, Dad, I will be late home because the committee will hold a meeting after class. Father   : It's okay but you must go straight home after the meeting. Mira     : Don't worry, Dad. Mother : What did Mira say? Father   : She said that she would be late home today. What is the most possible place where Mira is talking to her father?A. A hall.B. Her home.C. The office.

D. Her school.E. A meeting room.

Jawaban : B

LATIHAN 20

                      

       Some of the world's finest roads make use of bodies of water. They are called canals.       Canals are man made waterways. They are usually straight and narrow. But they are filled with water. They connect rivers and lakes, oceans and lakes, rivers and rivers, and oceans and oceans so that boats and ships can go from one to the other.       Most canals are used for transportation. Barges, boats, and ships carry goods over canals. Some are used to irrigate land or to carry sewage from large cities. Canals also reduce the cost of shipping goods and offer travel short cuts.       Canals even go over hills and mountains. But you know that water can't flow up a hill; so how can the water and boats in a canal go up a hill?       Something called a lock is used. It is a giant tank. The tank is big enough to hold a long

boat. The boat floats into the tank, and the doors behind it are closed to lock the boat in there. Then more water is let into the tank. When the tank is full of water, the tank door in front of the boat is opened and the boat floats out. The boat floats higher and higher as the water rises. It floats either out into a higher part of the canal or into another tank or lock, which will lift it still higher.       To go down the hill on the other side, the boat enters a lock that is full of water. As the water is let out of the lock, the boat will float lower and lower. So locks make it possible for boats or ships to move from one water level to another.

1.   The text is about ........A. roadsB. waterwaysC. water transportation

D. world's finest canalsE. straight and narrow roads

Jawaban : D

2.   Why do people build canals ........A. To lift boats.B. To rise water.C. To store sewage.

D. To hold a giant tank.E. To connect rivers, lakes, and oceans.

Jawaban : E

3.   According to the text the canals join together the following EXCEPT ........A. rivers and lakesB. oceans and lakesC. rivers and rivers

D. rivers and oceansE. oceans and oceans

Jawaban : D

4.   "They are straight and narrow like some roads." (Paragraph 2) The antonym of the underlined word is ........A. flatB. roughC. bumpy

D. indirectE. winding

Jawaban : E

                                        The Three Sheiks and Queen of Arabia

                                              Maura, who liked to be thought of as the most beautiful and powerful queen of Arabia, had many suitors. One by one she discarded them, until her list was reduced to just three sheiks, all equally young and handsome, rich and strong. It was very hard to decide who would be the best of them.       One evening, Maura disguised herself and went to the camp of the three sheiks, as they were about to have dinner, and asked them for something to eat.       The first gave her some leftover food; the second gave her some unappetizing camel's tail; the third sheik, who was called Hakim, offered her some of the most tender and tasty meat. After dinner, the disguised queen left the sheiks' camp.       The following day the queen invited the three sheiks to dinner at her palace. She ordered her servants to give each one exactly what they had given her the evening before.       Hakim, who received a plate of delicious meat, refused to eat it if the other two could not share it with him, and this act finally convinced Queen Maura that he was the man for her.       "Without question, Hakim is the most generous of you," she announced her choice to the sheiks." So it is Hakim I will marry."

5.   The three sheiks were not ........A. richB. youngC. strong

D. gloomyE. handsome

Jawaban : D

6.   Which statement is TRUE about the queen ........A. The queen was the most powerful queen in Africa.B. The queen was very proud of her beauty and riches.C. The queen herself served the sheiks with delicious food.D. The queen was very careful in deciding whom she would mary.E. The queen was very satisfied with the food given by the sheiks.Jawaban : D

7.   The Queen ordered her servants to give the sheiks the same kind of food she got from the evening before because ........A. she wanted to entertain her guestsB. she wanted to test the sheiks's tasteC. she wanted to see the sheiks's reactions

D. she wanted to make a joke of the sheiksE. she wanted to repay the sheik's kindnessJawaban : C

8.   The main idea of paragraph six is ........A. Hakim was an unselfish person.B. Hakim was served with succulent meat.C. Hakim was satisfied with the food served.D. Hakim wanted to share the food with the sheiks.E. Hakim had made the queen find the resolution of her problem.Jawaban : A

We, a mining consultant company, are looking for ........

9.   What is the text about ........A. Wisma Emha.B. A job vacancy.C. A senior secretary.

D. An application letter.E. PT Citra Energy Development.

Jawaban : B

10.   The following are the requirements asked EXCEPT ........A. Five years experience.B. Able to operate a computer.C. Able to speak and write in English.D. A graduate from a reputable university.E. Application letter should be sent ten days after this ads.Jawaban : E

        Petroleum products, such as gasoline, kerosene, home heating oil, residual fuel oil and lubricating oils, come from one source. Crude oil is found below the earth surface, as well as under large bodies of water, from a few hundred feet below the surface to as deep as 25.000 feet into the earth interior. Crude oil is obtained by drilling a hole through the earth, but sometimes more dry holes are drilled than those producing oil. Pressure at the source, or pumping, forces the crude oil to the surface.        Crude oil wells flow at varying rates, from ten to thousands of barrels per hour.

Petroleum products very greatly in physical appearance: thin, thick, transparent, or opaque. Their chemical compositions are made up of only two elements: carbon and hydrogen, which form compounds called hydrocarbons. Other chemical elements found in the union with the hydrocarbons are few and are classified as impurities. Trace elements are also found, but these are of such minute quantities that they are disregarded.        The various petroleum products are refined from the crude oil by heating and condensing the vapors of crude oil. These products are called light oils such as gasoline, kerosene, and distillate oil.

11.   The best title of the text is ........A. Petroleum Products.B. Crude Oil Products.C. Petroleum Processing.

D. Processing Petroleum Products.E. Petroleum Chemical Compositing.

Jawaban : B

12.   "....., but these are of such minute quantities." (Paragraph 2) The antonym of the underlined word is ........A. bigB. wideC. broad

D. plainE. apparent

Jawaban : A

13.   The second paragraph is mainly about ........A. the products of crude oilB. the elements of crude oilC. the impurities of crude oilD. the physical appearance of crude oilE. the chemical compositions of crude oilJawaban : E

                                                      Mangrove Trees

        A mangrove is a tropical marine tree or shrub of the genus Rhizhopora. Mangroves have special aerial roots and salt-filtering tap roots that enable them to thrive in brackish water (brackish water is salty, but not as salty as sea water).        There are several species of mangrove trees found all over the world. Some prefer more salinity, while others like to be very close t a large fresh water source (such as a river). Some prefer areas that are sheltered from waves. Some species have their roots covered with sea water everyday during high tide. Other species grow on dry land, but are still part of the ecosystem.        Mangrove need to keep their trunk and leaves above the surface of the water. Yet they also need to be firmly attached to the ground so they are not moved by waves. There are three types of mangrove roots that play an important role for it:1. Support roots which directly pierce the soil.2. Level-growing roots which twist upwards and downwards, with the upward twists     emerging on the water surface.

3. Level-growing roots whose downward twist (sub-roots) appear on the water surface.    Any part of a root that appears above the water flows oxygen to the plant under water     surface. As the soil begins to build up, these roots produce additional roots that become     embedded in the soil.

14.   The main idea of the text is ........A. Mangroves grow on dry landB. Mangroves are tropical marine treesC. There are many species of mangrovesD. Mangrove roots filter the salt on the sea-waterE. Mangrove roots are attached firmly to the groundJawaban : B

15.   We can conclude that most mangrove trees .......A. need salt to grow.B. grow on dry land.C. grow on sheltered areas.

D. get oxygen from the water.E. grow near fresh water sources.

Jawaban : A

16.   In order to grow well mangroves require the following, EXCEPT ........A. The roots twist upwards and downwards.B. The trunk should be above the water surface.C. The leaves should be above the water surface.D. The trees should be firmly attacehd to the ground.E. The parts of the plant under the water should have enought salt.Jawaban : E

                

17.   What is the announcement about ........A. A school debate.B. A school competition.C. A debate competition.

D. Extracurricular activities.E. Participants of the debate.

Jawaban : C

18.   According to the text the competition ........A. is only for students with good English.

B. is in the form of spoken arguments.C. is in the form of written arguments.D. will be held after school hours.E. will run for two days.Jawaban : B

        Is it important to know what your kids are watching? Of course yes. Television can expose things you have tried to protect them from, especially violence, pornography, consumerism, etc.        A study demonstrated that spending too much time on watching TV during the day or at bed time often causes bed time disruption, stress, and short of sleep duration.        Another research found that there is a significant relationship between the amount of time spent for watching television during adolescence and early adulthood, and the possibility of being aggressive.        Meanwhile, many studies have identified a relationship between kids who watch TV a lot and being inactive and overweight.        Considering some facts mentioned above, protect your children with the following tips:1.   Limit television viewing to 1 - 2 hours each day.2.   Do not allow your children to have a TV set in their bedrooms.3.   Review the rating of TV shows that your children watch.4.   Watch television with your children and discuss what is happening in the show.

19.   What is the text about ........A. The programs shown on TV.B. Watching TV is disadvantageous.C. The effects of watching television on kids.D. Reviewing the ratings of TV shows is important.E. The importance of knowing the program watched by our children.Jawaban : C

20.   The following are the effects of watching TV a lot EXCEPT ........A. stressB. being activeC. being aggressive

D. bed time disruptionE. shorten sleep duration

Jawaban : B

21.   Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the text ........A. All TV program are good for children.B. Children know what programs to watch.C. It is good for a kid to watch TV all day long.D. It is very important for children to have a TV set in their bedrooms.E. Spending too much time for watching TV may cause kids inactive.Jawaban : E

22.   It is hard for a child to sleep because ........A. the parents review TV's program

B. the parents limit the time to watch TVC. the kid watches TV with his/her parentsD. the kid watches too much TV at bedtimeE. the kid discusses the program with his/her parentsJawaban : D

        Nuclear power is generated by using uranium, which is a metal mined in various parts of the world. The first large-scale nuclear power station was opened at Calder Hall in Cumbria, England, in 1956.        Some military ships and submarines have nuclear power plant for engines. Nuclear power produces around 11 % of the world's energy needed, and produces huge amounts of energy. It causes no pollution as you'd get when burning fossil fuels.        The advantages of nuclear is as follows:1.   It costs about the same as coal, so it's not expensive to make.2.   It doesn't produce smoke or carbon dioxide, so it doesn't contribute to the greenhouse       effect.3.   It produces huge amounts of energy from small amount of uranium.4.   It produces small amounts of waste.5.   It is reliable.        On the other hand, nuclear power is very, very dangerous. It must be sealed up and buried for many years to allow the radioactivity to die away: Furthermore, although it is reliable, a lot of money has to be spent on safety because if it does go wrong, a nuclear accident can be a major disaster.        People are increasingly concerned about this. In the 1990's nuclear power was the fastest growing source of power in many parts of the world. In 2005, it was the 2nd slowest-growing.

23.   The text dismisses ........A. nuclear in generalB. nuclear biggest stationC. the danger of radioactiveD. the disadvantages of nuclear powerE. the advantages and disadvantages of nuclear powerJawaban : E

24.   The opposite of dangerous is ........(Paragraph 4)A. vileB. dullC. tiny

D. calmE. safe

Jawaban : E

25.   Why is nuclear power very dangerous? Because ........A. its radioactivity lasts longB. uranium is renewableC. it is reliable

D. it is cheapE. it is safe

Jawaban : A

26.   Which statement is TRUE about nuclear ........A. It is reliable.B. It is costly to make.C. It causes air pollution.

D. It affects the greenhouse.E. It produces small amounts of energy.

Jawaban : A

        Breaking and Entering is an unusual film. Will and Sandy are two architects working on a major urban renewal project in the King's Cross section in London. The area is unsafe and ready for such a project. Will and Sandy move their offices into a nearby vacant warehouse.        Will has to deal with constant burglaries at his new office. One night, he saw Miro trying to break into the building. He chased Miro to his run down apartment block and watched him return home to his mother, Amira, a Bosnian immigrant who makes a living tailoring clothes. Soon, Will 'meet' Amira and they begin an affair. And Amira learns that Will holds the key of her son's future. How far will this mother go to protect her son? Breaking and Entering is a very interesting film, it is almost entirely character driven. Tis is not a bad thing although in the film we are exposed to a story or action driven.        Anthony Minghella, the director, creates some of the most believable, interesting characters these actors have ever played. It is almost painful to watch them on their journey. Each of the characters makes decisions affecting how their lives will play out, or change and these decisions and actions affect the story. The characters aren't reacting to the story. They are changing it.

27.   The text is mainly about ........A. a review of a new film, Breaking and EnteringB. the process in making the new film, Breaking and EnteringC. an amusing story dealing with experience in different waysD. an account of an unusual or amusing incident retold by the filmE. the description how the film is accomplished through a series of stepsJawaban : E

28.   "Will and Sandy move their offices into a nearby vacant warehouse." (Paragraph 1) The antonym of the underlined word is ........A. emptyB. fulfilledC. covered

D. occupiedE. luxurious

Jawaban : B

29.   Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text ........A. Miro is one of the burglars who tried to break into Will's new office.B. Will has to deal with constant burglaries at his new office.C. Miro is Amira's son, a Bosnian immigrant who makes a living by tailoring clothes.D. The area where the two architects work is unsafe and ready for a renewal project.E. Minghella, the critic, creates some of the most interesting characters the actors have

ever played.Jawaban : E

        PHILIPPINES: At least nine people were killed and dozens were injured when the Philippines security forces clashed with dozens of slum dwellers who resisted the tearing down of their homes in the northern province, a police commander said Tuesday.        Raul Gonzales, the police chief in the northern Cordillera area, said, that the soldiers and police officers traded gunfire with dozens of people who are illegally occupying the private land in Kalinga province.        "Our team was ambushed on their way to the community to be demolished," said Gonzales. He added that the security only defended themselves after the residents dug foxholes and opened fire with automatic rifles.        "Nine people were killed and dozens were wounded, including 10 police officers during almost 10 hours of fighting. We even had to evacuate some of our officers who needed surgery to get the bullets from their bodies."-Reuters

30.   What is the passage about ........A. An illegal gunfire trade.B. A demolition of illegal slum dwellers.C. A fight between the police officers and the soldiers.D. A clash between the security forces and the slum dwellers.E. A clash between the police officers and the security officers.Jawaban : D

31.   The clash happened because ........A. illegal slum dwellers resisted the demolition of their homes.B. the police officers and soldiers shot the dwellers.C. nine people were killed by the security forces.D. the police officers firing the dwellers.E. the people dwelled on private land.Jawaban : A

32.   Raul Gonzales said that ........A. ten police officers had to be evacuated.B. ten police officers were killed in the fighting.C. ten police officers were injured during the fighting.D. some of the wounded people needed surgery.E. more than ten police officers were killed and injured in the fighting.Jawaban : C

       Last week I took my five-year old son, Willy, to a musical instrument store in my hometown. I wanted to buy him a set of junior drum because his drum teacher advised me to buy him one. Willy likes listening to music very much. He also likes asking me everything he wants to know. Even his questions sometimes seem precocious for a boy of his age. He is very inquisitive.       We went there by car. On the way, we saw a policeman standing near a traffic light regulating the passing cars and other vehicles. He blew his whistle now and then.       Seeing the policeman blowing his whistle, Willy asked me at once, "Dad, why is the policeman using a whistle, not a drum?"

Hearing his unexpected question I answered reluctantly, "Because he is not Phil Collins!"

33.   What does the text talk about ........A. Willy and his new drum.B. Phil Collins and his drum.C. A policeman and his whistle.D. Willy's drum private teacher.E. The writer's five-years old son.Jawaban : E

34.   From the text above we know that Willy is a/n ........ boy.A. smartB. funnyC. stupid

D. childishE. annoying

Jawaban : A

35.   Which sentence makes the text a funny story ........A. He is very inquisitive.B. "Because he is not Phil Collins".C. He blew his whistle now and then.D. He also likes asking me everything he wants to know.E. "Dad, why is the policeman using a whistle not a drum?"Jawaban : B

LATIHAN 21

        Every time they see illegal logging in their area, the women and children cry out, "Where can we settle and make a living if our forests were gone?"        They are the forest people, members of the local Anak Dalam tribe, in Mangkekal (Makekal), Bukit Duabelas national Park, Jambi province. They have tried very hard to protect the forest zone from illegal logging operations. "Adult as well as children are fighting for the conservation of this forest," said tribal chief Tumenggung (Regent) meriak.        The national park zone is about 60,000 hectares. It is home for about 1,500 Anak Dalam. The tribesmen live in Mangkekal, Kedasung, Air hitam, and Terap.

1.   The text mainly tells us about ........A. forest peopleB. National ParkC. forest conservation

D. illegal loggingE. illegal operation

Jawaban : D

2.   Who were fighting for the conservation of the forest ........A. Members of the local Anak DalamB. Tribal chief and his partnerC. Women and childrenD. Adults and children

E. TribesmenJawaban : A

3.   The purpose of the text is ........A. to describe the Bukit Dua Belas National ParkB. to persuade readers about National Park ZoneC. to tell the readers what had happened in the forestD. to entertain readers with a story about Anak DalamE. to inform readers about illegal loggingJawaban : E

4.   The tribesmen who are not included in the protest are from ........A. TerapB. JambiC. Air hitam

D. KedasungE. Mangkekal

Jawaban : B

        The Incas used to be a large empire of 990.000 km² in Peru of South America. Their city was high up in the Andes Mountains. They were well- known for their great wealth, especially gold. This great empire was unfortunately destroyed in an attack by the Spaniards who were searching for their famed gold. Although this empire existed way back in 1493, it was not backward but complex and well-organized.        The empire was ruled by the Sapa Inca, Lord of the World, Son of the Sun. He owned everything in the empire - the land, soil, gold and even the people. The people, therefore, had no freedom.        Boys and girls were to life of obedience and tradition. They began working in their ayllu or family groups. The rule was Ama sua, ama llulla, ama sheklla, which means, "Do not steal, do not lie, do not be lazy."        Despite this difficult way of live, the Incas were very skilful. They constructed drainage system and underground water reservoirs. Their buildings were made from huge stones. These were cut to flit perfectly together so that no mortar was needed. Their rope bridges were so strong that even a horse could gallop across them!        The Incas had no written language. Information was recorded on knotted strings called quipus. These were also used as calculators. Strong and healthy young boys were chosen as chasquis or couriers to carry messages from one place to another.

5.   The text mainly tells about ........A. ChasquisB. the IncasC. Sapa Inca

D. SpaniardsE. the Andes

Jawaban : B

6.   "They constructed drainage system and underground water reservoirs." (Paragraph 4) The underlined word has the same meaning as ........A. grewB. bore

D. existedE. renovated

C. builtJawaban : C

7.   How was the empire destroyed ........A. The empire was destroyed by huge stones.B. It was destroyed by well-organized ayllu.C. The empire was ruled by the Sapa Inca.D. It was reconstructed by systems.E. It was attacked by the SpaniardsJawaban : E

8.   What did they use to calculate ........A. Quipus.B. Strings.C. Mortars.

D. ChasquisE. Huge stones.

Jawaban : A

                                      Higher Education for Women

        In this modern era, there are still some parents who are reluctant about sending their daughters to college. The narrow attitude shown to women's education is largely due to the traditional role of women in society. A woman is expected to be a wife and a mother. Most parents believe that if their daughter gets married and chooses to be a housewife, then the higher education will be waste. However, an educated woman is not only a better wife but also contributes something to the society.        Nowadays, more and more women are successfully combining their career and marriage. Educated women are richer both emotionally and financially. They are able to find an outlet for their monotonous drudgery of their housekeeping. They bring more satisfaction and contentment to their lives.        Depriving girls of higher education is crash discrimination. Times have changed; modern society needs the talents of its people regardless of gender. Today, women work alongside men. In fact, in the last few decades, women have made outstanding contributions to society.       Women should be given the freedom to be educated whether or not they get married or go to work after finishing their education, because it is only through education that a woman will find herself useful and discover that she wants in life. A woman who works is not an insult to her husband. Conversely, her husband should feel proud of her achievements since. marriage is actually an equal patnership.        Therefore, parents should not think that girls should receive less education just because they will get married one day.

9.   What makes parents reluctant to send their daughters to college ........A. They think education will be a waste.B. More women are successful in their career.C. It is a waste for women to go to college.D. Traditional roles of women in society do not need high education.

E. They have to contribute something to the society.Jawaban : D

10.   What is the main purpose of the text ........A. To put forward a point of view or argument about higher education for women.B. To tell the parents in this modern era about how to educate their daughters.C. To persuade readers what should and should not do about education.D. To explain to readers about how to give education for their daughters.E. To describe the fact about how some parents educate their daughters.Jawaban : A

11.   Modern society needs ........A. educated career womenB. married womenC. educated women

D. good liousewives and mothersE. talented people regardless gender

Jawaban : E

12.   "In fact, in the last few decades, women have made oustanding contributions to society." (Paragraph 3). The synonym of the italic word is ........A. mainB. majorC. ordinary

D. wellknownE. remarkable

Jawaban : E

        There are a lot of discussions as to whether children should be given homework or not.        Some people claim that children to enough work in school alredy. They also argue that children have hobbies that they want to do after school, such as sports or music. A further point they make is that a lot of homework is pointless and doesn't help the child learn at all.        However, there are also strong arguments against this point of view. Parents and teachers argue that it is important to find out whether children can work on their own without the support from the teacher. They say that the evening is a good time for children to sit down and think about what they have learned in school.        Furthermore they claim that the school day is too short to get anything done that needs doing and it makes sense to send home tasks like independent reading or futher writing tasks that don't need teacher's support.        On balance, I think that some homework is a good idea but that it should only given at the weekend when cildren have more time.

13.   How do we compare the second and the fourth paragraph ........A. Both paragraphs argue that homework is necessary for students.B. Unlike the fourth paragraph, the second paragraph argues that homework is

unnecessary.C. The second paragraph supports that students need homework, but the

fourthparagraph does not.D. The second paragraph and the fourth paragraph argue that students do not need

homework.E. The second and the fourth paragraphs do not say anything about the benefit of

homework.Jawaban : B

14.   How many reasons are presented by those who are against homework ........A. 1B. 2C. 3

D. 4E. 5

Jawaban : C

15.   Those who are pro homework think that the students can ........ in the evening.A. prepare for the next lessonB. review their lessonsC. enjoy their pastime

D. do their hobbiesE. test themselves

Jawaban : B

16.   "A further point they make is that a lot of homework is pointless and doesn't help the child learn at all." (Paragraph 2). The underlined word is synonymous with ........A. terribleB. carelessC. difficult

D. unimportantE. uninteresting

Jawaban : D

17.   What is the writer's suggestion about homework ........A. Homework is pointless.B. Homework is badly needed.C. Homework should be given at weekend.D. Student should not be given any homework.E. Student must frequently have homeworkJawaban : C

Tom!       I'm going to Anula supermarket to get some sugar. Would you like to turn the stove on when you are home? I've put some soup there. Just heat it for about 5 minutes and then take it out from the stove before you have dinner.

18.   What is the message about ........A. Telling Tom to eat the soup.B. Asking Tom to buy some sugar.C. Asking Tom to go to supermarket.

D. Telling Tom to heat the soup.E. Telling Tom to wait for about 5

minutes.Jawaban : D

19.   "I've put some soup there." The word there in the sentence refers to ........

A. homeB. kitchenC. the stove

D. the supermarketE. Anula supermarket

Jawaban : C

For students - grade XII-who need the polytechnic admission form:2 choices - Rp 125,000.003 choices - Rp 160,000.00 From 6-16 July 2009Time 08.00-14.00Contact Person: Tarjo Phone (022) 2011975

20.   What is the purpose of the text ........A. To inform students about polytechnic admission form.B. To tell the students about payment to enter the polytechnic.C. To explain the students about an entrance test.D. To give description of polytechnic selectionE. To invite students to come polytechnicJawaban : A

21.   The deadline to order the form is ........A. On July 6, 2009B. On July 16, 2009C. In July, at 08.00

D. In July, at 14.00E. Between 6 -16 July 2009

Jawaban : B

                                         Apt BLK 30, Eunos St.                                          #05 - 116                                         Singapore 1441                                         2nd April 2009

Dear Liza,I have received your letter asking me to meet you at your house this Sunday to discuss the urgent matter you have. I regret however to say that it will not be possible for me to see you on Sunday as I already have a previous appointment. I shall see you on Monday, next week, at 5 p.m. Hoping the change of date will be convenient to you.

                                                                                           Your sincerely,                                                                                                   Daisy

22.   What does the letter tell about ........A. Liza's problem.B. Liza's appointment.C. Daisy's previous letter to LizaD. Daisy's regret for not being able to come.E. A meeting held at Liza's house.

Jawaban : D

23.   Why did Liza ask Daisy to come to her house ........A. Liza wanted Daisy to solve her problem.B. Daisy would discuss her problem with Liza.C. Liza persuaded Daisy to go somewhere.D. Daisy wanted to meet Liza's family.E. Liza wanted to chat with Daisy.Jawaban : A

Hotel Cannero28051Cannero Riviera, ItalyPhone: 323788046Waiters/Waitresses (2), Swimming Pool Attendants, Bar Staff.        Arround $ 150 per week. 12 hours per day, 6 days per week. Free board and         accomodation. Knowledge of German, Italian or French required. Period of work 3         or 6 months between end of March and end of October. Applicants should be fit and         healthy, organized and clean. Applications from 25 March to the end and send to Maria Carla at the above address.

24.   Who is the addressee of this advertisement ........A. All who are fit and healthy.B. Those who can serve foreigners.C. All who meet the requirements mentioned.D. The educated people who can handle service jobs.E. Those who can speak two foreign languages.Jawaban : C

25.   What is the text about ........A. A week tour to ItalyB. A job vacancy in Hotel Cannero.C. Three day tour to Eropean countries.D. A healthy and clean environment.E. The description on Cannero Riviera.Jawaban : B

26.   Those who are accepted to work for the hotel ........A. are mostly ItaliansB. will get accommodationC. are under the control of Maria CarlaD. will take control of each departementE. will start working between March and OctoberJawaban : B

        Once upon a time there lived as neighbours, a bear and a rabbit. The rabbit was a good short, and the bear, being very clumsy, could not use the arrow to good advantage. The bear

would call over the rabbit and asked the rabbit to take his bow and arrows and came with the bear to the other side of the hill. The rabbit, fearing to arouse the bear's anger by refusing, consented and went with the bear and shot enough buffalo to satisfy the hungry family. Indeed, he shot and killed so many that there was lots of meat left after the bear and his family had loaded themselves, and packed all they could carry home. The bear was very gluttonous and did not want the rabbit to get any of the meat, so the poor rabbit could not even taste the blood from the butchering, as the bear would throw earth on the blood and dry it up. Poor rabbit would have to go home hungry after his hard day's work.        The bear was the father of five children. The youngest child was very kind to the rabbit. The mother bear, knowing that her youngest child was very hearty eater, always gave him an extra large piece of meat, but the youngest child didn't eat. He would take it outside with him and pretend to play ball with it, kicking it toward the rabbit's house, and when he got close to the door he would give the meat with such a great kick, that it would fly into the rabbit's house and in this way the poor rabbit would get his meal unknown to the papa bear.

27.   The poor rabbit didn't taste any of the meat because ........A. they are already given to the butcherB. they are eaten by the youngest bearC. the bear carried all the meat homeD. they are already dried upE. the bear ate all the meatJawaban : C

28.   Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text ........A. The papa bear was not very kind to the rabbit.B. The rabbit got nothing from his shootingC. The mother bear always gives her youngest extra meat.D. The papa bear didn't like giving the rabbit some meat.E. The papa bear knew that his youngest child gave the rabbit someJawaban : E

29.   The story teach us that ........A. poverty makes people sufferB. we must keep our promiseC. being greedy makes other people happyD. people should love each otherE. we must keep our relationship with othersJawaban : D

        SINGAPORE: A supervisor was jailed for two months for repeatedly striking his Indonesian maid on the head and back with a television remote control, news reports said on Thursday.        Muhammad Shafiq Woon Abdullah admitted in Singapore court. He physically abused the woman on several occasions, between June and October 2002, The Straits Times said.        The magistrate's court heard that Shafiq, 31; began striking Winarti, 22, about a month after she started working for him.

        He hit her on the head with the TV set's remote control because he was unhappy with her work. On one occasion, he punched her on the back after accusing her of daydreaming.        S.S. Dhillon, Shafiq's lawyer, said his client had become mad when he saw his daughter's face covered as she laid in bed.He said his client thought the maid had put the child in danger. - DPA.

30.   The text reported ........A. Shafiq, a Singaporean supervisorB. S.S. Dhillon, the lawyer in magistrate courtC. an Indonesia maid who was jailed for two monthsD. an Indonesia maid who was working in SingaporeE. a Singaporean supervisor who was jailed because of striking his maid.Jawaban : E

31.   When did Shafiq physically abuse the woman ........A. Between June and October 2002B. On several occasion.C. On October 31st.

D. On June 22nd.E. Any time.

Jawaban : A

32.   Why did Shafiq punch Winarti on her back? She was accused of ........A. taking much time for herselfB. leaving her workC. working carelessly

D. daydreamingE. being lazy

Jawaban : D

       I usually woke up at 8 a.m. and went to the press center to check the daily schedule of briefings and press conferences, usually held by the United Nations officials or disaster mitigation team chief, Alwi Shihab.       It was challenging to visit different refugee camps to find soft stories, human interest stories. Then, I went back to the press center in between to cover the press conferences of the day.       It was heart breaking when I saw these survivors fight for food and secondhand clothing, which they said were limited and inadequate. Emerging to a glaring, full noon, it was time to go back to the press center to write stories and race against time, always fearing that the internet connection would come crashing down.       And after everything was done, only then I remembered to eat. Most times, I only ate once a day because you always had to rush and it was difficult to find food. You had to travel quite far, about a 30-to 45-minute trip by car to find fresh food.

33.   How often did the writer eat a day ........A. Three timesB. SeldomC. Twice

D. NeverE. Once

Jawaban : E

34.   " ........ mitigation team chief Alwi Shihab ." (Paragraph 1) The synonym of the underlined word is ........A. decreaserB. lightenerC. reliever

D. developerE. writer

Jawaban : B

35.   What is the writer's occupation ........A. A social worker.B. A volunteer.C. A journalist.

D. presenter.E. A TV reporter.

Jawaban : C